Está en la página 1de 585

HEALTHCARE ReadMeFirst

Imaging Services Service Manual for Download

► Purpose of this Document


This document describes how to
• add the “order list for documentation”.
• print.
• add comments.

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2 06-2008 Added how to integrate the order list for documentation in a
printed manual. See section 1.

Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008 printed in Germany
Document Node ID: 16099429
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
ReadMeFirst

1 Integrating the Order List for Documentation

IMPORTANT:
The “order list for documentation” is not part of the service manual for download.
Purpose of the “order list for documentation”:
To verify the latest level and completeness of your Service Manual.

(1) In the MEDNET GSO library select the product of your interest.
(2) Select “Order list and Front page → PRODUCT - Chapter 00 - Order List for
Documentation”.
(3) Download the “order list for documentation” to your computer.
(4) When creating a paper manual:
Print the order list and put it behind the cover sheet.

2 Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual

IMPORTANT:
Preferably print this manual double-sided:
This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the
next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided.
If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages.

Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if


available.
Some pages – especially circuit diagrams for equipment – have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or
ANSI B (Ledger) printer.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 2 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst

2.1 Printing single Pages or Chapters

To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows:


(1) Click the bookmark of the desired chapter.
(2) Write down or remember the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.

Figure 1: PDF page number in the Adobe reader toolbar

(3) Go the end of the section or desired range of pages.


(4) Select "Print".
(5) Select the page range.
(6) Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(7) Select “OK”.

Figure 2: Print dialogue for printing single pages or chapters

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 3 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst

NOTE:
“Shrink to printable area” may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
“reduce to printer margins” or “shrink oversized pages to paper size”.

2.2 Printing the complete Service Manual

To print the complete service manual proceed as follows:


(1) Select "Print".
(2) Select “All”.
(3) Select "shrink to printable area" and "Auto-rotate and Center"
(see NOTE above).
(4) Select “OK”.

Figure 3: Print dialogue for printing the complete manual

3 Adding Comments
• If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version ≥ 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
• This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.

Figure 4: Adobe Reader comments toolbar

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 4 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst

3.1 Exporting your Comments

NOTE:
Exporting your comments allows importing them again in a next version of the manual.

(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".

Figure 5: Drop down menu “Comment & Markup”

(2) Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.
(3) Select “Options - Export Selected Comments”.
(4) Save the file with any name.

3.2 Importing Comments

(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".
(2) Select “Options - Import Comments”.
(3) Browse for the comments file and press “select”.

NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Page 5 of 5


06-2008 Agfa Company Confidential
Technical
Documentation

Order No.: DD+DIS002.04E

CR 75.0
*1EOSTJ1* Type 5146 / 100 and 101
1 Piece EOSTJ MA1
Centricity CR MP3510
Type 5146 / 200 and 201

1st Edition
To order spare parts and Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 – 3760
spare part assortments: Fax.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 – 7388

To order documentation: Tel.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3553


Fax.: xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 7271

Caution:

This system uses mains voltage. Please consider the respective safety
regulations.

These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be


performed by qualified technical personnel.

Note:

Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified


electrician.

Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified


technician.

CE Declaration:

CR 75.0 The CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the product is changed
Digitizer without explicit consent of the manufacturer!
Type 5146 This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
Base: cPCI

AGFA-GEVAERT AG - MI CSO / Information & Projects


Tegernseer Landstr. 161 D-81539 München

printed in Germany 03 / 2004


Agfa Group Confidential
OVERVIEW Pictograms and conventions for this documentation
0. Order List This documentation uses certain conventions (pictograms, way of writing) for better
understanding and faster locating of the required information.
1. Controls, Connections and
Set Up Procedure Explanation of the pictograms

2. Functional Description High voltage ! Waiting time

3. Repair and Service


Attention ! Required tools
3.1 Machine specific safety and
repair information
3.2 Machine specific tools, software Removal
tools and auxiliary equipment Info
3.3 Troubleshooting
Installation
3.4 Electrical and mechanical
codes, fuses, LED's Hint
3.5 Replacement of parts Mechanical adjustment
3.6 Adjustments and calibrations Required spare part
3.7 Software menus, settings
Electrical adjustment
3.8 Software-Releases, Patches
3.9 Frequently Asked Questions Required time Calibration

4. Reference and Circuit


Diagrams

5. Spare Parts List

6. Accessories

7. Field Modifications

8. Manufacturing Standard Conventions


Modifications
Actions Way of writing Sample
9. Maintenance

Action, Switch the machine on Switch the machine on


10. Field Service Bulletins explanation

Action with the mouse or the <omni-cd.exe> Double-click the


11. Installation Planning "Return" key <omni-cd.exe> icon
1 2 3

Required text input via the vips Enter vips and click on
12. Glossary and Key Word Index keyboard <Continue>
DD+DIS002.04E General Information

CR 75.0 Service Documentation


(DD+DIS002.04E)

Information for the Field Service Engineer


The CR 75.0 digitizer is the follow-up model of the ADC Compact Plus
digitizer.

Overview of types:

AGFA: ADC Compact Plus Type 5146/100

AGFA: CR 75.0 Type 5146/101

GE: Centricity CR MP3510 Types 5146/200/201

The main changes between ADC Compact Plus and CR 75.0 are:
• 1 µs scan mode for all cassette formats to allow a higher throughput.
This option can be activated as of software version ACP_3101.
• a new photo multiplier tube to prevent from saturation artifacts
• Mammo capability (after its release)
this is achieved by a modified optic module that provides 50 µm scanning for
mammo.

The documentation of all ADC Compact Plus devices installed in the field will
be continued in the CR 75.0 service documentation as of March 2004.

This means:
• that all Supplements and Field Service Bulletins published for
CR 75.0 do also apply for ADC Compact Plus.
• that all Field Service Bulletins published for ADC Compact Plus stay valid and can
be found in chapter 10 of the CR 75.0 documentation.
• that the service documentation for ADC Compact Plus (DD+DIS024.01E) becomes
obsolete by end of March 2004, so please scrap this Service Manual and replace it
by DD+DIS002.04E.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 0 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
General Information DD+DIS002.04E

Required Documentation
for UNIX based ADC Systems (VIPS)

ADC
Compact
Digitizer

Type 5145

ADC Processing
Station
Type 4406/700

ADC
Solo
Digitizer
Type 5155
ADC Preview-
and ID Station
Type 4406/841

ADC Software
Installation
Type 4406/...

CR 75.0 /
ADC Compact Plus
Digitizer
Type 5146

Chapter 0 / II CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E General Information

Required Documentation
for Windows NT based ADC Systems (ADC QS)

ADC
Compact
Digitizer

Type 5145

ADC Quality System


Type 4406/421

ADC
Solo
Digitizer
Type 5155

CR 75.0 /
ADC Compact Plus
Digitizer
Type 5146

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 0 / III


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
HEALTHCARE Generic Safety Directions
Imaging Services

Safety Directions
for HealthCare Imaging Products

► Purpose of this document


This Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant
information for the Service Engineer.

It is valid for all Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products and part of each
Service Documentation as well as Installation Planning document.

The latest version is available via


MEDNET => GSO Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual

► Document History

Edition. Release Changes


Revision Date compared to previous Revision 1.1
1.2 04-2007 • Editorial rework to improve comprehensibility

► Referenced Documents

Document Title
n.a. n.a.

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Document Node ID: 11849633
04-2007 printed in Germany Enclosure_e_template_v02
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Generic Safety Directions

WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.

INSTRUCTION:
Read this document prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the
equipment.
Strictly observe all safety directions within this document and on the product.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 3


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
List of Contents

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 DISCLAIMER .........................................................................................................6

2 USED ICONS.........................................................................................................7

3 LABELS..................................................................................................................8

3.1 CE Mark ...................................................................................................8


3.2 System Labels..........................................................................................8
3.3 System Labels concerning Laser Radiation.............................................9
4 PRODUCT COMPLAINTS ...................................................................................10

5 REFERENCES.....................................................................................................10

6 INTENDED USE ..................................................................................................11

7 INTENDED USER................................................................................................11

8 QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS ..........................11

9 CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT.........................................................12

10 ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................13

11 COMPLIANCE .....................................................................................................14

12 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION .........................................................16

13 RADIATION PROTECTION .................................................................................17

14 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION .........................17

15 GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ........................17

16 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES .............18

17 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES ................................20

18 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES.........21

19 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES..........................23

20 SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE


PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES............................................................23

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 4


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
List of Contents

21 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS ................................ 24

22 SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ................. 24

23 WASTE DISPOSAL ............................................................................................. 24

24 RECYCLING........................................................................................................ 25

25 ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI)................................... 25

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 5


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Disclaimer

1 Disclaimer

The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified


personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates or who are
otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide such services.

Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly
affiliated with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates are directed to
contact one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or service procedures.

No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form
or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare.

Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with


respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this
document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose.

Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the
use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this
document.

Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you don’t
operate the product correctly or if you don’t have it serviced correctly.

Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its
documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.

NOTE:
In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to,
distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 6


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Used Icons

2 Used Icons

Icon Name and Circumstances


CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or
damage to the equipment described in the manual and/or
damage to any other equipment or goods and/or environmental
pollution can be the consequence
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a
user, engineer, patient or any other person and possible
mistreatment of patients can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or heavy injuries
can be the consequence.

INSTRUCTION:
If used in combination with the warning or caution sign: Indicates
a specific instruction, which if followed exactly, avoids the
subject of the warning or caution.
If used without warning or caution sign: Indicates an instruction
where it is important to follow literally as described.
IMPORTANT:
Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE:
Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action
Highlights unusual points
Indicates background information
Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.
Is additional information without influence on the action or step!

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 7


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Labels

3 Labels

3.1 CE Mark

CE Mark This product carries the CE Mark. The CE Declaration (CE Conformity)
becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit consent of the
manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.

3.2 System Labels

All system labels and software version number locations are referred to within this service
document in the appropriate section.
Enclosed an overview of common labels, according to ISO 3864.
This list is not complete.

Hot Surface Laser Beam Magnetic Field Ionizing Radiation

Obstacles Corrosive Liquid High Voltage Hand Injuries


C&W_005.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 8


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Labels

3.3 System Labels concerning Laser Radiation

According to its classification, laser radiation can lead to eye and skin injuries. Each laser
source is classified from class 1 to class 4.
The table below lists the meaning of the different laser classes. Note the detailed
instructions in the user manual and technical documentation.

Class 1: Not dangerous to the human eye.


Class 2: Laser units having a maximum output of 1 mW. The accessible laser
radiation only lies within the visible range of the spectrum (400 nm to
700 nm). With brief exposure times (up to 0.25 s) there is no danger
due to the blink reflex.
Class 3A: Laser units having a maximum output of 5 mW. The accessible laser
radiation becomes dangerous for the eye, if the cross section of
radiation is reduced by optical instruments. If this is not the case, the
emitted laser radiation in the visible region of the spectrum, with short
exposure times (up to 0.25 s), is not dangerous in the spectral
regions, even for long irradiation times.
Proper use must be observed.
Required safety equipment must be used.
Class 3B: Laser units having a maximum output of 500 mW. Dangerous to the
human eye and in particular cases to the skin.
Proper use must be observed.
Required safety equipment must be used.
Class 4: Laser units having a higher output than 500 mW. Extremely
dangerous to the human eye and dangerous to the human skin.
Proper use must be observed.
Required safety equipment must be used.

Manufacturer AGFA GEVAERT N.V. GIUM


Septestraat 27-2640 -Mortsel-BEL
1011 Date: 20 06-07
Type 5175/100 S/N
50-60Hz
100-12 0/220-240V 2.0/1.0A

Made in Germany
Pe issenberg
July 2 006

Figure 1: Example for Laser Classification

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 9


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Product Complaints - References

4 Product Complaints

Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the
quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must
notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure.
If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a
patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident Agfa
HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written correspondence to
the following address:
Agfa Service Support - local support addresses and phone numbers listed on:
www.agfa.com

Agfa
Septestraat 27
2640 Mortsel, Belgium.
Fax +32 3 444 7094

5 References

Technical Documentation is available via MedNet (PDF) and your local Agfa HealthCare
support organisation (Paper).

Access to MedNet:
IntraNet: http://docs.agfanet/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
ExtraNet: http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 10


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Intended Use - Intended Users - Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks

6 Intended Use

This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological
environment by qualified staff.
It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any
operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards,
which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks).
AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases.
Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate
handling, especially by children.
The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions.

7 Intended User

This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service engineers and Clinical Application
Specialists, trained users of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic X–Ray
clinical personnel who have received proper training. Users are considered as the persons
who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.

8 Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks

This Technical Documentation describes adjustments and routines which must only to be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
The Agfa (trained) Field Service engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must have
received adequate Agfa HealthCare training on the safe and effective use of the product
before attempting to work with it. Training requirements may vary from country to country.
Agfa (trained) Field Service engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must make sure
that training is received in accordance with local laws or regulations that have the force of
law.
Your local Agfa HealthCare representative can provide further information on training.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 11


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Connections to other Equipment

9 Connections to other Equipment

Agfa HealthCare equipment must only be used in combination with other Agfa HealthCare
equipment or components if these are expressly recognized by Agfa HealthCare as
compatible. A list of such equipment and components is available from Agfa HealthCare
service on request.
Changes or additions to the equipment must only be carried out by persons authorized to
do so by Agfa HealthCare. Such changes must comply with best engineering practice and
all applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction of the
hospital.
The Agfa HealthCare products are designed to communicate with other devices in the
hospital network using DICOM protocols.

Connections to other equipment:


Warning:
Accessory equipment not complying with the safety requirements of this product
may lead to a safety hazard.

INSTRUCTION:
Consult the Technical Documentation before making any connections to other
equipment.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
• Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity
• Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has been
performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-1
harmonized national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard
IEC 60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system Configurer and is
responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required, contact your local service organization.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 12


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Accessories and Spare Parts

10 Accessories and Spare Parts

Parts and accessories replacement:


WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.

INSTRUCTION:
• Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
• Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
• Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible
accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 13


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Compliance

11 Compliance

Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products:


Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
(OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12)

• ANNEX I - ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The


products are designed and manufactured in such a way that, when used under the
conditions and for the purposes intended and, where applicable, by virtue of the
technical knowledge, experience, education or training of intended users, they will not
compromise the clinical condition or the safety of patients, or the safety and health of
users.

• ANNEX II - EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Full quality assurance system ISO


13485

• ANNEX X - CLINICAL EVALUATION The clinical evaluation follows a defined and


methodologically sound procedure.

Applied Standards for HealthCare Imaging Products

IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for basic
safety and essential performance

ISO 14971:2000, Medical devices – Application of risk management to medical devices

IEC 60601-1-2 It specifies the MANUFACTURER of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME


SYSTEM provides information to the RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION that is essential in
determining the suitability of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM for the electromagnetic
environment of use, and in managing the electromagnetic environment of use to permit
the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM to maintain BASIC SAFETY and provide its
ESSENTIAL PERFORMANCE without disturbing other equipment.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 14


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Compliance

Additional standards for documentation:

IEC 62079 Ed. 1: Preparation of instructions - Structuring, content and presentation

Harmonization:

Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/

• This document has been prepared to comply with Study Group 1 guidance document
of the Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/ to assist development
of a consistent, harmonized definition for a medical device that could be used within a
global regulatory model and would offer significant benefits to the manufacturer, user,
patient or consumer, and to Regulatory Authorities and support global convergence of
regulatory systems.

IECEE CB SCHEME

The IECEE CB (Certification Body) Scheme is the world's first truly international system
for acceptance of test reports dealing with the safety of electrical and electronic products.
It is a multilateral agreement among participating countries and certification organizations.
Agfa has produced a CB test report and claims national certification in all other member
countries of the CB Scheme.

Details see www.iecee.org

Radiation of radio frequency:


CAUTION: For USA only:
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the service manual, may cause interference
to radio communication.

Note:
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial
environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference.
The user will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at
his own expense.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 15


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Operation

12 Safety Directions for Operation

Accessibility of the mains power switch:


CAUTION:
Do not obstruct the mains power switch.
Position the Agfa HealthCare product so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power
connection.

• Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a
message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that
a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The user must read these
messages carefully they will provide information on what to do. This will be either
performing an action to resolve the problem or to contact the Agfa HealthCare service
organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this Technical
Documentation.
• All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be
confused with diagnostic t information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic
information could be corrupted, Additional investigations must be performed to get
clear diagnostic information.
• Ventilation openings must not be covered.
• If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from
the mains.
• Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device.
• If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating
personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system
concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped.
• Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields,
since stored data may be lost.

Explosive environment:
DANGER:
Risk of explosion.
Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen
which may cause an explosion.

Usage of an un-interruptible power supply:


Warning:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 16


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Radiation Protection - Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection -
General Safety Directions for Service Activities

13 Radiation Protection

Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context
qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the
jurisdiction in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those
authorized by the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be
made of all radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories.

• Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is
applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.

14 Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection

• Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on
SYSTEM parts or ACCESSORIES that can become contaminated through contact
with the PATIENT or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service
documents.
• Disconnect the power supply from the equipment prior to cleaning the equipment.

15 General Safety Directions for Service Activities

• This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.
• Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician
• Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
• The safety directions for operation (see section 12) are also valid for all service
activities.
• During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific
requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).
• All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not
be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated
torque values!
• Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that
have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the
instructions, all Allen screws used must be hardness rated 8.8.
• All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data.
If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the text.
• Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232 ,RJ45, USB or other
interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated
on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 17


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
General Safety Directions for Service Activities -
Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities

• When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be
observed:
o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you disconnect
or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any
parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a PCB
without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering (electrostatic
charge).
o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from
electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.

Static discharge at electrical components:


CAUTION:
Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed:
For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap
(CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this strap on a
grounded conducting metal piece.

16 Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities

Accessibility of the power disconnection device:


Warning:
Electrical device. Shock possible.

INSTRUCTION:

• Do not position Agfa EQUIPMENT so it is difficult to operate the disconnection


device when an APPLIANCE COUPLER or separable plug is used as isolation.
• Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and
voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their
engineers.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 18


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities

• The device complies with the EN 60601-1, 2006 standard for Information Technology.
This means that, although it is absolutely safe, patients may not come in direct contact
with the equipment. Therefore the operator console must be placed outside a radius
of 1.5 m around the patient.

R = 1.5m

1.5m
1.5m

Patient environment

• This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.

Fixing equipment at the wall or floor:


Warning:
Unknown composition of wall or floor structure: Risk of injury or damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

Floor load:
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device.

Fixing equipment at the ceiling:


CAUTION:
Ceiling construction may be inadequate for fixing of equipment: Risk of injury or
damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 19


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Installation Activities

17 Safety Directions for Installation Activities


• If not otherwise stated, installation and configuration is performed by Agfa HealthCare
trained personnel.
• If damage of the package is visible from the outside contact your local AGFA
representative.
• Apart from wearing the required protective clothing, e.g. safety boots and gloves, care
must be taken that heavy loads are correctly lifted/carried to avoid injury. The relevant
instructions must be complied with. Heavy or awkward loads must be moved by
mechanical means or by several people.
• When installing the product be sure that there is either a mains plug or an all-cable
disconnecting device in the internal installation fitted near the product and that it is
easily accessible.
• Defective covers, sharp edges or protruding parts of equipment can cause injuries, if
accidentally knocked into. Route cables and position equipment safely.
• This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g., a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.

Connection of the device to the power supply:


CAUTION:
Risk of damaging the device by using the wrong power supply:

INSTRUCTION:
Prior to connecting the device to the mains ...
• Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available
power supply in the installation room.
• Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or
automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses.
• Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply.
• Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 20


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Installation Activities -
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities

Ground potential differences :


CAUTION:
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.

INSTRUCTION:
• Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power Source
as the PC.
• When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical
environments a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in
different localities. If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can cause a
HAZARD for the OPERATOR or for the PATIENT.

18 Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities


• This Technical Documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and
maintenance shall be performed by Agfa HealthCare service personnel, including the
periods to be applied.
• In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the
device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to
moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device
immediately after the tests.
• Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor
control board.
• Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage.
• After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden
or disconnected.
• If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to
the customer. First repair the machine casing.

Cleaning optical elements:


CAUTION:
Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements.
When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 21


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities

Secured screws:
CAUTION:
Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device
adjustments:
Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.

Sharp edges:
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.

Replacing batteries:
WARNING:
Battery can explode, causing chemical burns.

INSTRUCTION:

• Check that batteries are inserted with correct polarity.


• Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the
manufacturer.
• Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the
manufacturer.

Checking ground connections:


WARNING:
Improper ground connection of the device metal housing may lead to electric
shocks.

• In case of power supply replacements or maintenance check the protective earth


resistance according to the national regulations.
• Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers are present

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 22


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities -
Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts, Accessories and Devices

Opening PCs and Workstations:


Warning:
Electrical shock and damage to the equipment possible.
• Only open the PC or workstation if explicitly stated in the service manual.
• Unplug before opening.
• Observe anti-static safety regulations.

Replacing fuses:
Warning:
Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard!
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on
the device.

19 Safety Directions for remote Service Activities

Remote Service Activities:


Warning:
During remote service activities images can be lost.
Inform the customer prior to remote service activities to finish the current work and to
stop working on the system.

20 Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts,


Accessories and Devices

• In compliance with transport regulations, all uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)


must be shipped with batteries disconnected.
• Use the original packing when returning spare parts, accessories or devices.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 23


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions concerning Modifications -
Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials - Waste Disposal

21 Safety Directions concerning Modifications


Modifications made in products/systems shipped by Agfa HealthCare must not be
implemented without written permission from Agfa HealthCare.
This applies in particular to changes which may affect the mechanical and/or electrical
safety or radiation-protection properties of a product (e.g. changing of safety distances,
removal of locks/instructions etc.).

22 Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials


'Hazardous materials' is the designation for substances which can ignite or explode or
which are toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or irritating. The “Hazardous Material”
instructions must be read and the required protective measures must be complied with
when performing work to avoid health risks.

Their properties together with the hazards and protective measures connected with them
are identified clearly by symbols and described by the instructions appertaining to the
hazardous substances.

23 Waste Disposal
The Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE), which
entered into force as European law on 13th February 2003, resulted in a major
change in the treatment of electrical equipment at end-of-life.

The purpose of this Directive is, as a first priority, the prevention of WEEE, and in
addition, to promote the reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery of such wastes so as
to reduce the disposal of waste.

The WEEE logo on the product or on its box indicates that this product must not be
disposed of or dumped with household waste. The owner of the equipment is liable to
dispose of all electronic or electrical waste equipment by delivering to the specified
collection point for recycling of such hazardous waste, collection and proper recovery of
electronic and electrical waste equipment at the time of disposal will allow the producer to
help conserve natural resources.

Recycling of the electronic and electrical waste equipment will ensure safety of human
health and the environment. For more information about electronic and electrical waste
equipment disposal, recovery and collection points, please contact your local, waste
disposal service or producer / distributor of this equipment.

If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators please


dispose of these separately according to local regulations.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 24


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions
Recycling - Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)

24 Recycling

Recycling pass see http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf

25 Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)

AGFA HealthCare Field Service Personnel or its authorized affiliates are responsible for
the removal of Protected Health Information (PHI) patient data from devices, modules or
parts that are removed from the customer’s site. This also applies to the exchange of
spare parts, especially to parts that are returned to central warehouses for repair or
refurbishing. Examples for parts or modules that may contain Protected Health
Information (PHI) are: Computer hard disks, CD-ROMS, backup tapes, archive tapes.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 1, Revision 2 Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products Page 25


04-2007 Document number: DD+DIS238.06E Agfa Company Confidential
Document No: DD+DIS238.06E
Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.

Published by
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany

AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.

printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Chapter 1

List of Contents

1 Safety ......................................................................1
1.1 General Safety Instructions ............................................... 1
1.2 Safety Instructions for Laser Products............................. 4
1.3 Safety Instructions for Cassette Unit ................................ 4
1.4 Safety Regulations ............................................................. 4

2 Preparations before Installation ...........................6


2.1 Inspection of Packing......................................................... 6
2.2 Unpacking the Components .............................................. 7
2.3 Checking the Accessory Kit .............................................. 7
2.4 Removing the Shipping Brackets...................................... 8
2.5 Installation of Base Plate ..................................................16

3 Controls and Connectors....................................20

4 Requirements for Installation .............................22


4.1 General ...............................................................................22
4.2 Required Service Programs..............................................22
4.3 Preparations for the Installation.......................................23

5 Installation of the CR 75.0 Digitizer....................24


5.1 Electrical Connection ........................................................24
5.2 Start-up Procedure ............................................................25
5.3 Backup of the machine specific Data ..............................27

6 Concluding the Installation.................................28


6.1 Check the technical Image Quality of the System ..........28
6.2 Last Steps...........................................................................30

7 Installation of other ADC System


Components .........................................................30

8 Checklist for Installation/Machine Start-up .......31

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / I


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

The Installation Checklist in the appendix of this chapter gives an overview


of all steps and guides through the complete installation process.

1 Safety

1.1 General Safety Instructions

• The CR 75.0 has been designed for scanning medical X-ray image plates
and should only be used for these purposes.
• The CR 75.0 must only be operated by qualified staff trained on the
machine.
• Make sure that the CR 75.0 is constantly monitored in order to avoid
inappropriate handling, especially by children.
• Only trained service personnel must make repairs. Only authorized service
personnel must make changes to the CR 75.0.
• If there is any visible damage to the machine casing, do not start nor use
the CR 75.0.
• If you want to connect the CR 75.0 with other devices, components or
assemblies and if the technical data do not permit determining whether the
combination with these devices, components or assemblies involves
hazards, you must consult the respective manufacturers to avoid danger for
operating personnel or the environment.
• Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
• Switch off the CR 75.0 before performing any maintenance work or repairs.
Disconnect the CR 75.0 from the mains before making repairs or
performing any maintenance activities.
• As is the case for all technical devices, the CR 75.0 must be operated,
cared for and serviced correctly.
• If you don't operate the CR 75.0 correctly or if you don't have it serviced
correctly, Agfa-Gevaert is not liable for resulting disturbances, damages or
injuries.
• When installing the CR 75.0, care must be taken to ensure that there is
either a mains plug or an all-cable disconnecting device in the internal
installation fitted near the CR 75.0 and that it is easily accessible.
• If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the CR 75.0
immediately.
• Check that the mains voltage is within the specified range of the self
adapting power supply of the machine.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 1


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

• You can hurt your fingers if they are caught between the ADC Cassette
and the edge of the input slot. Insert the cassette in the input buffer as
described in the User Manual. At all times, keep your fingers clear of the
input slot. As soon as the CR 75.0 takes in the cassette, release it.

Warning Label at the Input buffer of the CR 75.0.

Safety warning, indicating that the CR 75.0 manuals should be consulted


before making any connections to other equipment. The use of accessory
equipment not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this
Digitizer may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting system.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:

• Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity


• Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has
been performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC 601-1 and
IEC 601-1-1 harmonized national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems
standard ICE 601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system
configurator and is responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required contact your local service organization.

In order to reduce the risk of electric shock, do not remove any covers.

Caution hot:

Keep hands clear from the erasure unit.

Type B equipment:

Indicates that the CR 75.0 complies with the limits for type B equipment.

Supplementary protective earth connector:

Provides a connection between the CR 75.0 and the potential equalization


busbar of the electrical system as found in medical environments. This plug
should never be unplugged before the power is turned off and the power plug
has been removed.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Intergrounding connector:

Provides a connection between the Digitizer and other equipment which might
exhibit minor ground potential differences. These differences may degrade
the quality of communication between different equipment. Never remove
connections to this terminal.

Protective earth (ground):

Provides a connection between the Digitizer and the protective earth of the
mains. Do not remove this connection, because this will have a negative
influence on the leakage current.

Power on

Power off:

Note that the power cord has to be disconnected from the wall outlet in order
to disconnect the unit entirely from the mains.

Precautions for use in USA only:

Make sure that the circuit is single-phase center-tapped, if the Digitizer is


connected to a 240 V / 60 Hz source instead of a 120 V / 60 Hz source.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 3


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

1.2 Safety Instructions for Laser Products


The CR 75.0 is a class 1 Laser Product. It uses internally a 2 x 50 mW laser
diode, classification class IIIb.
Under normal operating conditions - when both doors are closed - there can
be no laser radiation outside the CR 75.0. It is nonetheless imperative that
the local radiation safety regulations regarding the protection of staff against
scattered radiation are complied with, if the CR 75.0 is located in the
immediate vicinity of an X-ray room.
Open the front left and right door only to solve cassette or image plate jams.
When you open either of the doors, the power supply of all critical
components is switched off automatically as a precaution.
User interventions other than those described in this manual can be
hazardous with regard to laser radiation.

1.3 Safety Instructions for Cassette Unit


The Rotation drive of the Cassette Unit turns very fast!
Keep away when machine is run with doors opened (e.g. for repair,
maintenance).

1.4 Safety Regulations

Installation Regulations
Electrical installations in the installation room must be in compliance with:
• IEC 60364 (e.g. for Germany: VDE 0100) regulations for Europe,
• NEC for USA / Canada.

Prior to any electrical installation, the local regulations for electrical


installations have to be consulted as well.

A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is recommended, but not compulsory.

Mains Connection
Connection via plug and socket.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Certificates
• The CR 75.0 Digitizer is in compliance with EG regulation 93/42/EEC
(Medical device directive).
• The CR 75.0 Digitizer is tested in compliance with:
- IEC 601-1 1988 + A1 : 1991 + A2 : 1995
- EN 60601-1 : 1990 + A1 : 1993 + A2 : 1995
- EN 60601-1-2 : 1993
- EN 60825-1:1994 + A11:1996 : 2001
- UL2601-1 Second Edition 22 No. 601.1 – M909
- The CR 75.0 Digitizer is UL / CUL classified.
- E166741 (PIDF)

Radio Interference Suppression


It is hereby certified that the CR 75.0 Digitizer has interference suppression
according to EN 55011: 1998 Class B as well as
FCC Rules CR47 Part 15 Class A (North-America).

For USA only:


This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and,
if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may
cause interference to radio communication. It has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to
Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to provide
reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a
commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in an residential area
is likely to cause interference in which case the user at his own expense will
be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the
interference.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 5


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

2 Preparations before Installation

2.1 Inspection of Packing


The following actions should be taken upon delivery of the system
components, preferably by the customer:
• Completeness check of the shipment by means of the bill of material
(number of pallets).
• Comparison of the labels on the boxes with the customer's order list and
the shipping papers.
• Checking of the packing material for visible transport damage such as
- dented edges
- damage on the box
- torn fixing elements (metal straps, screws).

In case of damage visible from the outside turn to your local AGFA
representative.

• Checking of the attached safety indicators on the packing boxes.

oben - top
white field, if o.k.

450034BM.cdr

Figure 1

If the machine was tilted, the If the machine was subjected to


arrow head in the circle of the shocks, the square field in the middle
TILTWATCH changes from of the SHOCKWATCH changes from
white to red. white to red.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

2.2 Unpacking the Components


The following actions should be taken by the forwarder upon delivery of the
system components.
• Removal of the outer packing material.

The individual boxes inside must not be opened by the forwarder.

• Taking out the accessories or boxes and storing them in a safe place.
• The CR 75.0 must be taken off the pallet and transported to the installation
site.
• Disposal of the packing material.

For unpacking the machine, an area of minimal 200 x 350 cm


(78.8 x 137.89 In) is required.
For lifting the machine off the pallet an area of minimal 100 x 500 cm
(39.4 x 197 In) is required.
If the available space at the installation site is limited, the machine can be
unpacked beforehand and rolled to the installation site.

2.3 Checking the Accessory Kit


The following actions have to be done by the FSE (Field Service Engineer) at
the customer site.
• check the scope of delivery:
Compare the inventory of every component with the packing list which
specifies the complete scope of delivery.

Pieces Description
1 CR 75.0 Digitizer
1 base plate
1 installation instructions
1 installation report
1 CR 75.0 user manual information (on CD)
1 certificates
6 floppies
1 UTP network cable (2 x RJ45 connection)
1 Allen key, size 8 with extension
1 connection cable (Europe: CEE(7) VII 250 V/16 A)
1 connection cable (USA, Japan: Nema 6-15 P)
2 adjustable bases, riveted

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 7


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

2.4 Removing the Shipping Brackets

Remove all cushioning parts and shipping brackets prior to first operation.

Removing screws securing the doors

B
514601eg_ab.cdr

Figure 2

(1) Unscrew the locking screws at the front of the digitizer (A)
(8 mm Allen key, extension included in accessory kit).
(2) Remove the blind flange protecting the RS232 connector. (B)
(3) Then open the doors of the digitizer.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Removing shipping brackets of cassette unit

7 mm
C
B B
8 mm A

7 mm

514601EC.cdr

Figure 3

(4) Remove the metal plate (4 screws, 7 mm socket wrench). (A)


(5) Unscrew the cassette unit from the frame (B)
(2 screws, 8 mm Allen key).
(6) Turn the cassette units through 90°. (C)
(7) Remove the two metal brackets (D)
(6 screws on the front and rear side of the cassette units, 7 mm socket
wrench).

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 9


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

B C

514601EB.CDR
Figure 4

(8) Cut the cable tie on both cassette units. (A)


(9) Cut the cable tie on the deflector of the output buffer. (B)
(10) Cut the cable tie on the feed gate of the input buffer. (C)
(11) Screw on the two adjustable bases (7 mm socket wrench) (D).

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 10 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Removing shipping brackets of transport units

514601EE.cdr

Figure 5

(12) Cut and remove the cable tie (A).


(13) Unscrew two metal plates (2 x 3 screws, 8 mm Allen key) (B).

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 11


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

A
514601ej.cdr

Figure 6

(14) Remove the cushioning block between IP transport unit postscan and
scan unit (hardly visible) (A).

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 12 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

514601EL.cdr

Figure 7

(15) Cut the polystyrene blocks jammed at the feed- and exit rollers of the
scan unit (2 pieces).

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 13


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

B
514601EA.cdr

Figure 8

(16) Unplug the two cables at both IP transport units.


(17) Loosen screws at the securing bar, then press securing bar down.
(18) Slide out the IP transport unit left (postscan), cut the two cable ties and
remove the plastic plate.
- Slide out the IP transport unit right (prescan). (A)
(19) Remove the polystyrene blocks from both transport units
very cautiously. (B)

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 14 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Removing shipping brackets from the scan unit

B 514601ek.cdr

Figure 9

(20) Remove the two allen screws at the rear of the machine securing the
scan unit (A).
(21) Mount the light tight tin plate (included in accessory kit) by fastening six
Phillips screws (B).

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 15


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

2.5 Installation of Base Plate

514601AC.cdr
Figure 10

(22) Mount the base plate with four screws on the floor (recommended, but
not mandatory), see arrows.

514604ae.cdr
Figure 11

(23) Move the digitizer onto the base plate. Take care that the rollers are
guided by the rail!

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 16 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

(24) Move the rollers of the digitizer gently to the stop (see circle).

514601af.cdr

Figure 12

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 17


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

(25) Turn screws (on both sides, left and right) by hand to their stop, then
screw it in one more turn. Do not give more turns!

514601ag.cdr
Figure 13

(26) Put the plastic caps on the screws to protect them.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 18 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

514601ah.cdr
Figure 14

(27) Adjust the two bases (7 mm socket wrench).

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 19


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

3 Controls and Connectors

3 2

6
5 Twisted Pair

VDE

UL 514601ef.cdr

Figure 15

1 Status indicator
2 Line switch Digitizer
3 Port (RS 232 - 25-pin D connector, female D) for the Service PC
4 Network connection (Twisted Pair)
5 Mains cable VDE/UL
6 Supplementary Grounding cable connection

Potential Equalization

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 20 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Operation Terminal Digitizer

515502aa.cdr
Figure 16
Display Functions
The key operator level is intended to be used by the normal operator. He uses
the system only to produce diagnostic usable images without the requirement
for special technical skill or background.
Key Function Key Function

• Gives an image the status of • Starts erasing images without


emergency when sending it scanning them
to the Processing Station
• Provides access to • Gives access to service level
advanced key-operator functions
functions • Exits the service level
• Quits the current function, • Confirms the keyboarded
exits a menu without saving input
modifications • In case of some non-fatal
• Exit from key-operator mode errors, confirms that you
and service level have noticed this state
• Proceeds with the Digitizer
operation when "LOCKED"
condition has occurred.
• Moves the cursor one • Moves the cursor one
position up to previous edit position down to next edit
field field
• Scrolls upwards or • Scrolls downwards or
increments digits in a decrements digits in a
numeric entry field numeric entry field
• Scrolls backwards through • Scrolls backwards through
multiple choices within a field multiple choices within a field
• Moves the entry position in a • Moves to entry position in a
numerical field in descending numerical field in ascending
order (from right digit to left order (from left digit to right
digit) and toggles between digit) and toggles between
values in a field values within a field.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 21


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

4 Requirements for Installation

4.1 General

Preconditions
• finished pre-installation
• the digitizer is at its installation site

You have to distinguish between the integration into an independent, pure


ADC Network (1 Digitizer, 1 Processing Station, 1 Preview/ID Station) and
the integration into an existing network. When integrating the digitizer into an
existing network, it is necessary to create a CPF– file beforehand (see
Chapter 11, Installation Planning, checklist). With a pure ADC Network, the
shipment configuration can be used.

4.2 Required Service Programs


The following Software has to be installed on:
- your Service PC or
- the PC of the ID / Preview -Station.

4.2.1 CCM-Tool
The latest version of the CCM - Tool can be downloaded from MedNet.
The CCM - Tool is needed to create and modify the configuration file (adc.cpf)
for the CR 75.0 and the other ADC System Components.

If there is already a previous version installed on your Service PC, please


remove the complete directory as well as the icons.

Installation:
• install by executing "setup.exe"
The CCM Tool will be
installed in directory
"IMOS" or any
directory of your
choice.

4.2.2 Error Message Program


The "SHOW ERROR PROGRAM" with the "ERROR.MSG file" translates the
CR 75.0 error codes into clear text.
The "SHOW ERROR PROGRAM" is a part of IMOS, the "ERROR.MSG file" is
loaded in the Digitizer.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 22 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

4.3 Preparations for the Installation


The following work should be performed before the system components are
installed:
• Laying of the network cables (Ethernet).
• Creation and adaptation of the configuration file adc.cpf, together with the
application specialist.

We recommend, to create and adapt the configuration file adc.cpf, which is


used by all ADC System Components, before starting the installation. This
allows you a smooth installation.
For detailed information see ADC System Components, DD+DIS198.00E,
chapter 6.2.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 23


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

5 Installation of the CR 75.0 Digitizer

5.1 Electrical Connection

5.1.1 Connecting the Power Cord


CR 75.0 comes with a UL and a VDE power cord.
• Connect the power cord to the machine and to the power supply.

5.1.2 Voltage Adjustment


CR 75.0 has an automatic voltage selector.
Voltage is adapted automatically as soon as the machine is switched on.
The selected voltage is displayed on a LED at the inner side of the right door.
• Check the correct voltage by means of the LEDs.

GS100-MULTI-
Supply-BD

5146_reg02_008.cdr

Figure 17

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 24 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

5.2 Start-up Procedure

5.2.1 Mechanical Start-up

CR 75.0 must not be connected to a network during the start-up process.

Mechanical Start-Up
Start-Up:
1. Switch on the digitizer.
2. Check the operation terminal during the initialization.
While booting for the first time, the message
<Installation not yet confirmed> appears.
3. Confirm with OK.
4. After a successful start-up <ready> appears.
5. Check/adjust date and time in key operator mode.
6. Choose terminal language in the service menu
<Configure>
<User terminal language>
7. Store the modified machine-specific data.
Check:
8. Open the service menu
<Maintenance>
<Handling Cycle>
and check the function of cassette- and plate operation with the machine
open. Each size should run at least one time.
9. Erase all image plates.
End of Mechanical Start-Up (approx. 30 min.)

In case of any problems during the installation, consult Chapter 3.3


(Troubleshooting)

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 25


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

5.2.2 Integrating CR 75.0 into an independent, pure ADC Network

Pure ADC Network (minimum configuration)


• 1 CR 75.0 digitizer
• 1 Processing Station
• 1 Preview/ID Station
In this case the ex factory settings for the IP address (adcc1 192.9.200.200)
are being used.
A new configuration of the machine is not required.
Measures:
• Connect the Ethernet.

Figure 18

The Digitizer is now integrated to the Network (approx. 15 min).


Proceed with 5.2.4

5.2.3 Integrating CR 75.0 into an existing Network

In this case the ip-address has to be adapted to an existing network. This


happens by means of the cpf–file created beforehand.

The following procedure will take approximately 15 minutes.

Integrating into Existing Network


1. Insert the floppy disk with the configuration file ” adc.cpf”.
2. Select:
<Install from floppy>
<cpf-File>
3. Choose a name suggested on the display.
4. Follow the online instructions.
5. Connect CR 75.0 to the Ethernet.
The Digitizer is now integrated into the Network.Proceed with 5.2.4

The cpf – file has to be installed on every device of the system.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 26 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

5.2.4 System Check

Precondition
The destinations, i.e. Processing Stations, intended for the digitizer, have to
be put into operation and must be obtainable via Ethernet.

The following procedure will take approximately 5 minutes.

System Check
1. Check whether the Processing Station(s) is/are obtainable.
Service menu:
<Checks>
<Check destinations>
2. Send a test image to the Processing Station(s).
Key operator menu:
<Send test image>.
End of System Check.

5.3 Backup of the machine specific Data


• Do not use the factory backup!
• A new backup is not compatible with older software!

The following procedure will take approximately 15 minutes.

Backup
1. Insert a new formatted floppy.
2. Start the service program.
3. Select:
<save on floppy>
<Machine specific data>
4. Start the backup procedure.
5. Label the floppy as follows:
S/N: <XXX>
Date: <date>
Software- ACP_xxxx
version:
End of Backup.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 27


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

6 Concluding the Installation

6.1 Check the technical Image Quality of the System

The hard disk of the digitizer contains three samples showing the minimal
required image quality (2x flatfield, 1x testsheet).

One testsheet for quality comparison and two flatfields (Banding, Calibration)
can be sent to a printer via Service-Menu
<CHECKS>
<SEND FLATFIELD>
<SEND TESTSHEET>

Compare the samples with the images created by yourself.

6.1.1 Exposure and Evaluation of a Flatfield

• Expose a gray field (flatfield) and evaluate the image on the Processing
Station and the laser printer.
Criteria: homogenous field, stripes etc.
• Have a new plate of every format exposed twice as follows:

Rotating
Anode x-ray tube
Cathode

514003pm.cdr

Figure 19

For exposure place the cassette in length direction to the X-ray tube see figure
above.
1. 1st exposure: parameters:
12 mAs-77kV-1,3 m (51.22 In) distance,
1.5 mm Cu filter
2. Turn cassette through 180°.
3. 2nd exposure: parameters as in 1st exposure.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 28 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

• Identify the cassette on the ID Station as follows:

-select in the field Examination: <system diagnosis>


-select in the field Sub-examination:<Flatfield>
-confirm the Exposure class: <200>

• Insert the cassette into the Digitizer. Print the image on a printer with a
window setting of 0.6 without changing the level setting on the Processing
Station.
• Check plates for running askew with a test sheet.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 29


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

6.1.2 Evaluation Criteria

Banding Fine white or gray lines in fast-scan direction


Aim: no lines visible or effect revealed less than on sample
Quality less than sample: contact Support Center
NOTE: Fine white or gray lines can also appear, if there is dust on the
scanner (in slowscan direction) - use the scan-brush for cleaning the
scanner.

Calibration / Dark lines or stripes in slowscan direction


Shading Calibration Aim: no lines visible or effect revealed less than on sample
Quality less than sample: check / adjust the position of the laser beam via
the fiber optics Expose a new flatfield and compare it with the sample.
Quality still less than sample: new calibration - Expose a new flatfield and
compare it with the sample.
Quality still less than sample: contact Support Center

6.2 Last Steps


• Dispose of all packing material (depending on the country, by the
forwarding agent or by the hospital).
• Complete the Installation Report (enclosed to every device) for all system
components and forward it to the regional CSO Manager.
• Fill in the enclosed forms "Installation Report" and "Site and System Data".
Forward the filled in installation report and site and system data sheet to
your local data administrator within your NSO.
• Hand over the ADC System to the application specialist.
Now the technical part of the installation is finished and the application part
begins.
Activities beyond the Checklist for Installation/Machine-Start-up must not be
booked on Task Code INS.

7 Installation of other ADC System Components


For detailed information on the installation of other ADC System
Components like Processing Station or ID Station, see:
ADC System Components, DD+DIS198.00E, Chapter 3.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 30 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

8 Checklist for Installation / Machine Start-up


No. Step Task OK
Code
Before Installation
1. Confirm installation prerequisites INS
2. Check consignment of all devices for damage INS
and completeness
PRID-Station Installation and Start-up
3. Position PC and ID Tablet INS
4. Connect power cords, monitor, keyboard and INS
mouse
5. Connect ID Tablet (RS232 serial connection to INS
PC and power cord).
6. Set in Windows NT: regional settings. INS
7. Set in Windows NT: time and date. INS
8. Set in Windows NT: network settings. INS
9. When first time starting the PRID application: fill INS
in the site data screen.
10. Load the cpf-file. INS
11. Connect the PC to the network. INS
12. Reboot the PC and start the PRID application INS
again.
13. Do a few test identifications. INS
14. Reset Infocounters. INS
15. Repeat step 1 – 13 for each PRID Station. INS
16. Check initialization of all cassettes; if required re- INS
initialize them.

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 31


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures DD+DIS226.05E

Processing Station installation and start-up


17. Unpack, check consignment for damage and INS
completeness.
18. Position Processing Station. INS
19. Connect power cords, monitor, keyboard, mouse, INS
DAT-Drive and optional devices (image disks,
UPS).
20. When first booting: fill in the site data screen. INS
21. Load in Maintenance Menu: cpf-file. INS
22. Set in Maintenance Menu: network settings. INS
23. Connect Processing Station to the network. INS
24. Check basic functions like receiving, printing INS
sending, viewing images
25. Reset Infocounters INS
26. Create a site specific backup INS

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Chapter 1 / 32 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 8


Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2005-08-08
DD+DIS226.05E Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures

Digitizer Installation and Start-up


27. Remove shipping brackets and install base plate INS
28. Connect the power cord INS
29. When first booting: Confirm installation with OK INS
30. Check date and time in key operator mode INS
31. Choose terminal language in service menu INS
32. Make a backup of the machine specific data INS
33. Check the mechanic components INS
Perform a "Handling Cycle" to check the function
of IPs and cassettes
34. Erase all image plates INS
35. Network Integration INS
load the adapted configuration file adc:cpf
select a station name for the digitizer from the
display
make a backup of the machine specific data
connect the digitizer to the Ethernet
36. System Integration INS
- check whether the Processing Station is
obtainable:
<Checks> <Check destinations>;
- send a test image to Processing Station: "Send
test image" in key operator menu
37. Check the image quality INS
send flatfield and testsheet to a printer:
<Checks> <Send flatfield>
<Send testsheet>
expose two flatfields (calibration and banding) and
a testsheet
print flatfields (calibration and banding) and
testsheet, compare and evaluate the printouts
38. Check "Fast Preview" option, if activated
ADC Compact/Solo – entire system
39. Perform system test with practical exposures INS
40. Hand over the ADC system to the application INS
manager
41. Fill in the form "Site and System Data" and send it INS
to MICSO
42. Send the completed "Installation Reports" to the INS
regional CSO manager
Remote Access
43. Make connection to Service Host INS

Printed copies of this document are not controlled.


The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Edition 1, Revision 8 CR 75.0 Chapter 1 / 33


2005-08-08 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

Chapter 2

List of Contents

1 Digitizer as a part of the ADC System ..................... 1


1.1 ADC System Components ...................................................... 1
1.2 Work Flow of the ADC System ............................................... 3

2 ADC Cassettes .......................................................... 4


2.1 Standard Cassette ................................................................... 4
2.2 ADC MD30 Image Plate Principle ........................................... 5
2.3 Embrace Mammo Cassette ..................................................... 6
2.4 Asymmetric Cassette .............................................................. 7

3 Modular Structure of the Digitizer ........................... 8


3.1 Overview of Modules............................................................... 8
3.2 Input Buffer .............................................................................. 9
3.3 Power Unit.............................................................................. 10
3.3.1 Multi Supply Board ............................................................................ 11
3.3.2 Erasure Control Board ...................................................................... 12
3.4 Output Buffer ......................................................................... 13
3.5 cPCI-Rack............................................................................... 14
3.5.1 CPU-Ariel .......................................................................................... 15
3.5.2 Scan Master Board ........................................................................... 16
3.5.3 cPCI Power Supply ........................................................................... 17
3.5.4 Hard disk ........................................................................................... 18
3.6 Cassette Unit 1 / 2.................................................................. 19
3.7 IP Transport Unit Prescan..................................................... 20
3.8 Rotation Unit .......................................................................... 21
3.9 Scan Unit ................................................................................ 22
3.9.1 Laser Diodes ..................................................................................... 23
3.9.2 Polygon ............................................................................................. 23
3.9.3 Photomultiplier (PM).......................................................................... 23
3.9.4 Optic Module Housing....................................................................... 24
3.10 Erasure Unit ........................................................................... 25
3.11 IP Transport Unit Postscan................................................... 26

4 Cycle of a Cassette in the Digitizer........................ 27

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

4.1 Input Buffer ............................................................................ 27


4.1.1 Starting the Machine Cycle by inserting a Cassette ..........................27
4.1.2 Identification of the Cassette and reading the ID-Data......................27
4.2 Cassette Unit 1/2 ................................................................... 28
4.2.1 Taking Cassette in the Cassette Unit ................................................28
4.2.2 Clamping the Cassette ......................................................................28
4.2.3 Opening the Cassette........................................................................29
4.3 IP Transport Prescan ............................................................ 29
4.3.1 Positioning of the Transport Robot ....................................................29
4.3.2 Taking out the IP ...............................................................................30
4.3.3 Transporting IP to the Scanner..........................................................30
4.4 Rotation Unit.......................................................................... 31
4.5 Scan Unit................................................................................ 31
4.5.1 Positioning of the IP...........................................................................31
4.5.2 Scanning the IP .................................................................................32
4.5.3 Unloading the IP from Scan Unit .......................................................32
4.6 IP Transport Postscan / Erasure Unit .................................. 33
4.6.1 Positioning of the Robot ....................................................................33
4.6.2 Transporting the IP to Erasure Unit ...................................................33
4.6.3 Putting the IP back into the Cassette ................................................34
4.7 Cassette Unit ......................................................................... 35
4.7.1 Moving Cassette to Output Buffer .....................................................35
4.8 Output Buffer ......................................................................... 36
4.8.1 Transporting the Cassette to output ..................................................36
4.8.2 Putting out the Cassette ....................................................................36
5 Software Architecture ............................................. 37
5.1 Diagnostics Software ............................................................ 37
5.2 Web Pages ............................................................................. 38
5.3 Hardware Modification Floppy of Spare Part ...................... 38

6 Signal and Data Flow .............................................. 39


6.1 Signal Flow ............................................................................ 39
6.2 Data Flow ............................................................................... 41

7 Calibration Principle ............................................... 42


7.1 IP Center Calibration (BOL/BOS Adjustment)..................... 42
7.1.1 BOL ...................................................................................................42
7.1.2 BOS ...................................................................................................42
7.1.3 Calibration Procedure........................................................................42
7.2 Shading Calibration............................................................... 43

Chapter 2 / II CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

1 Digitizer as a part of the ADC System


1.1 ADC System Components

ADC Cassette with image plate inside


The ADC cassette is the “container” for the image plate. During the handling
outside the Digitizer (e.g. exposing the plate) the image plate is in the
cassette. It is only opened inside the Digitizer. The ADC cassette has an
internal chip card which holds the cassette, patient, examination and routing
data belonging to a certain X-ray exposure. The data put together are called
demographic data.
The image plate takes the place of the X-ray film in a conventional system. It
receives the X-Ray radiation and “stores” a latent image. The image plates
can be reused thousands of times. The actual restriction of utilization is the
mechanical robustness.

ADC Identification Station


The Identification Station is used to write the cassette, patient, examination
and routing data to the cassette chip. This data can be entered manually or
by retrieving the data from a Hospital or Radiology Information System
(HIS/RIS).
By means of a so called Identification Tablet (ID-Tablet) the data is
transferred to the chip. Writing and reading is done by means of radio
frequency in a contact less manner.
The Identification software is an AGFA product and is running on MS-
Windows based operating systems (WIN95/98, WinNT4.0).

ADC Digitizers (CR 75.0, Compact Plus / Compact / Solo)


The Digitizer is used to read the latent image in the image plate. After the
ADC cassette is exposed and identified it is inserted into the Digitizer. The
Digitizer reads the data on the cassette chip, opens the cassette, takes out
the image plate and scans it. The latent image on the image plate is
stimulated by means of a laser beam to emit light according to X-ray
exposure.
The data from the cassette chip is used to set the scan parameters correctly
(e.g. speed class, image plate size, etc.) for this individual X-ray exposure.
The emitted light is converted into voltage and then digitalized into a
12/14bit, square root compressed raw image. This image is transmitted
together with the chip data on the fly via Ethernet to the Processing Station.
A backup of that image is made on the internal hard disk in parallel to
retransmit the image in case of transmission problems. The output format of
the Digitizer is DICOM SCU-CR.
After scanning / transmitting is finished the image plate is erased with very
bright light to make it ready for the next exposure. It is put back into the
cassette and a status flag on the cassette chip is set from “EXPOSED” to
“ERASED”. The cassette is returned to the user and is ready for the next
examination.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 1


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

ADC Processing Station


The Processing Station receives the raw image from the Digitizer. Every
incoming image runs through an image processing. The processed images
are stored on the internal hard disk(s) on the Processing Station.
However, the Processing Station only provides short term storage. The final
archiving must be realized either by hardcopies or a PACS.
Further on, the Processing Station decodes the routing data and sends the
image data to the selected destinations (e.g. Preview, Printer, PACS). The
Preview Station has the highest priority in the sending list.
A Softcopy can be sent to an Archive or Review Station with 8 or 12 bit. To
print a Hardcopy a 8 bit format is used.
For the Processing Station a lot of licensed software options (e.g. Interactive
Image Processing, Annotation, Smart Print, etc.) exist.
The Processing Station is a Solaris (UNIX- OS) based SUN workstation with
the Medical Image Management Operating System of AGFA (MIMOSA)
installed.

ADC QS Server Station


The ADC QS (Quality System) Server Station is a NT-based Processing
Station with the ADC Quality-System software installed.

ADC Preview Station


The Preview Station software is not a mandatory part of the system.
However, in most of the installations this feature is used to get a fast view on
the just scanned image, therefore the Processing Station is sending a 8 bit
preview image to the Preview Station. This allows the user to release the
patient rather quickly from the examination session.
Several Preview Stations can be served by one Processing Station. The
Preview Station software may run on the same PC-Hardware as the
Identification Station software, but it may also run on a separate PC.
The Preview software is an AGFA product and runs on MS-Windows based
operating systems (WIN95/98, WinNT4.0).

ADC QS Client Station


The ADC QS (Quality System) Client Station allows identification and basic
viewing.

Chapter 2 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

1.2 Work Flow of the ADC System

Figure 1

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 3


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

2 ADC Cassettes
The principle function of the digitizer is close connected to the structure of the
ADC Cassettes. The digitizer accepts only ADC Compact and Solo Cassettes.
All other cassettes, like ADC 70, are refused.

2.1 Standard Cassette

The cassette must always be inserted 1 2 3

into the digitizer in the correct


orientation to make it possible to
4
identify and handle the cassette!
The ADC label and the label, showing 5

the size of the contained image plate,


are put on for the identification by the
user. 6

The metal label is detected by the


4
digitizer to identify the cassette as an
ADC cassette. Figure 2
The demographic data is at the ID-
Station transferred by no-touch radio 1 ADC label
frequency tagging to the ID-Chip and
is read out in the digitizer. The data is 2 ID-Chip carries demographic data
in that way always linked to the 3 Label showing size of Image Plate
image.
4 Sliders to prevent from usage in
For protection against electrostatic film handling devices
charging and mechanical damage the
inner lining of the cassette is made of 5 Metal label – silver dot – identifies
felt. an ADC Cassette
6 ADC Image Plate (gray surface
up, white surface down)

Chapter 2 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

2.2 ADC MD30 Image Plate Principle

The image plate lying in the cassette consists of five different layers:
The phosphor layer is “storing” the Image Plate Structure
picture information as energy . 1
The EBC top coat provides a smooth 2

5146_reg02_003.CDR
surface of the image plate to reach a 3
good signal-to-noise ratio. 4

Combination of white support layer 5


and blue anti-halo layer increases the
sensitivity. The anti-halo layer lets
Figure 3
through the stimulated light but
blocks laser light.
The laminate is needed as base 1 Protective EBC (electron-beam-
material. cured) top coat
2 Phosphor layer
3 Anti-halo layer, blue
4 Support P.E.T, white
5 Laminate

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 5


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

2.3 Embrace Mammo Cassette

The ADC Mammo Cassette is foreseen for diagnostic mammography.


The 50µ scan mode is implemented, but not yet activated. Until the final
release, all cassettes are scanned with 100µ scan mode.

Specification:
The Embrace Mammo Cassette is a dedicated cassette for use in combination
with Embrace Mammo Plates 1.00 for dedicated mammography applications.
It features a narrow hinge to allow scanning right up to the chest wall.

A distinctive feature of the Embrace Mammo Cassette in comparison with


general use ADC cassettes, is the narrower hinge. This means that there is a
closer contact with the skinline, offering an increased amount of information
during scanning.

The Embrace Mammo Cassette contains a CR Embrace image plate. This


type of image plate has a special phosphor layer which results in reduced
noise and increased sharpness. The cassette is equipped with a positioning
mechanism in order to ensure the chest wall distance to the image plate.

Identification:
The cassette is labeled with “Mammo” on both sides.
The cassette is pre-initialized as a Mammo Cassette, but if the identification is
lost, it can be given via the ID Station.

Figure 4
1 positioning mechanism for IP (2 x, left and right cassette side
2 passive suction cup, keeping the IP in place inside the cassette

Chapter 2 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

Formats:
The ADC Mammo Cassette is available in two formats:
• 18 cm x 24 cm
• 24 cm x 30 cm

2.4 Asymmetric Cassette

Identification:

A Cassette for asymmetric scanning


can be identified by a red hatching
covering less than the half of the
cassette side. (see beside)

5146_reg02_004.cdr

Figure 5

Formats:
The ADC Asymmetric Cassette is available in:
• 21 cm x 43 cm (asymmetric partial scan of dedicated 35 x 43
cassettes)

Specification:
The Asymmetric Cassette is dedicated for X-ray exposures where no centered
positioning of the part of the body is possible (e.g. side view of a spinal
column).

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 7


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3 Modular Structure of the Digitizer


3.1 Overview of Modules

Input Buffer

Power Unit

Output Buffer

cPCI-Rack

Cassette Unit 1 / 2
IP Transport Unit Prescan

Rotation Unit
Optic Module
Erasure Unit

Figure 6

Chapter 2 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.2 Input Buffer

Figure 7

1 Transport belt

The Input Buffer has a capacity of 10 cassettes which can be put at the same
time before the door. The cassettes are detected and the machine cycle is
started with the first one. To transport the cassette inside the digitizer the
transport belt shifts the cassette, the feed gate opens and the RF-Tag reader
and the antenna read out the ID- and image specific data.

After the data is read out the transport roller of the cassette module, which is
at the input position, takes over the movement of the cassette.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 9


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.3 Power Unit

4
3

Figure 8

1 Main switch with over current protection


2 LEDs of Multi Supply Board
3 Interlock switch
4 Transformers
5 Filter of power unit fan

The power supply of the Power Unit is a single phase System, means the
cable connection is a common inlet connector for non-heating apparatus.
The supply voltage for the Power Unit is automatically detected. Therefore for
installation it is not necessary to change any setting manually, but has to be
checked before the first use.

If the interlock switch is active, all the power supplies of mechanical parts and
the laser are interrupted, for safety during service interventions. The power
supply of the cPCI-Rack is placed in the rack itself, so e.g. software updates
can be done although the right door of the power unit is open and the interlock
switch is active.

The Power Unit consists of the following main components:


• Multi Supply Board
• Erasure Control Board
• Current Sense Board
• Stepper Motor Transformers
• Erasure Transformer

Chapter 2 / 10 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.3.1 Multi Supply Board

The Multi Supply Board (MS-Board) controls the mechanical periphery of the
digitizer and protects the stepper motor cards. The supply voltage is detected
by the board and errors are displayed by LEDs.

The following components are controlled by the IO-Bus of the board: The two
vacuum pumps with two magnetic valves on the IP transport units, the parking
position function by using solenoids at the IP transport unit postscan, the fan
of the erasure unit and of the power unit and the voltage selection between
200V, 208V and 230/240V.

LEDs on the inner side of right door at the power unit show the status of the
supply voltages of the power unit:

GS100-MULTI-
Supply-BD
5146_reg02_008.cdr

Figure 9

D 42 green LED on: Supply voltage is 230/240V


D 42 yellow LED on: Supply voltage is 208V
D 42 red LED on: Supply voltage is 200V

D 14 red LED on: Fuses of stepper motor boards Si 1 – Si 12 are okay


D 14 yellow LED on: +24V from simple switcher
D 14 green LED on: +5V from IO-Bus

Additional LEDs are visible if right door and power unit housing is open:

D19 – D32 red LEDs are corresponding to stepper motor fuses where they are
placed next to. The stepper motor supply is protected with a fuse on every
stepper motor board itself (12 in total). The status is shown with a green LED
on the side of the power unit (see figure 8).
D 33 green LED is corresponding to the fuse (Si13) of power supply of simple
switcher, which is placed next to the fuse.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 11


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

Normal status:
The status of the LEDs, after switching on the digitizer with active interlock
switch and without any error, is:

D19 to D33 LED on immediately,


D14 yellow LED on immediately,
D14 red LED on immediately,
D14 green LED on six seconds after switch on.
D42 green LED on immediately, but after initialization of the supply voltage of
the digitizer one of the three D42 LEDs is on, but always only one.

Example:

Status of the LEDs after initialization of the supply


voltage of 208V and more than six seconds after
switch on.
GS

5146_reg02_009.cdr
Sup

Figure 10

3.3.2 Erasure Control Board

The Erasure-Control-Board controls five transformers to supply the erasure


lamps with power. The lamps are controlled in pairs, so one transformer
supplies two lamps. Also the temperature of the erasure unit is controlled, if
the detected temperature is lower than 85°C (185°F), the erasure process can
start. If the temperature is higher than 85°C (185°F), the process is delayed
until temperature has dropped below 75°C (167°F). During the delay the
erasure unit fan cools the module.

The failure of a lamp is detected by the current sense board, which is also part
of the power unit and is connected to the Erasure-Control-Board.

Chapter 2 / 12 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.4 Output Buffer

Figure 11

1 Lever

The Output Buffer has a capacity of 10 cassettes, like the Input Buffer. The
transport rollers at the gate move the cassette outside. To avoid blocking
when one cassette is following after another a lever pushes the cassettes
which already lay outside in the buffer aside.

The cassettes which are going out are detected and after the last one the
machine cycle stops.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 13


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.5 cPCI-Rack

7
6

5
4

3 2

Figure 12

1 cPCI Rack Fan


2 cPCI Power Supply
3 CPU Ariel
4 Scan Master Board
5 Backplane
6 Hard disk
7 Floppy drive

The cPCI-Rack (compact Peripheral Component Interconnect) consists of the


processing unit CPU, the Scan Master Board, the Power Supply of the cPCI-
Rack, a floppy drive and a hard disk. On top of the rack the fan for cooling the
cPCI-Rack is mounted and on the back the backplane with all the connectors
is placed.

Chapter 2 / 14 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.5.1 CPU-Ariel

The CPU (Central Processing Unit) is a Power PC and is working with an


operating system called Ariel. The interfaces to the service and the Ethernet
are placed on the front plane.

Connector (female) to Service:


Service Interface Serial debug port connector, SuperIO
(RS232) and DUART

Fast Ethernet Controller:


Connector to Fast RJ45 connector, Fast Ethernet with 10
Ethernet to 100 Mbit/s

LED (3 green, 2 yellow, 3 Software controllable with Portex tool


1 red) Software control 2

LED (FPGA NOT Conf. Hardware related signaling:


Green, TRAFFIC Ethernet Traffic – yellow LED
yellow, Ethernet LINK Ethernet linked – red LED
red) Hardware control FPGA not configured – green LED

Halt Switch HALT: Abort action


Reset Switch RESET: Global reset

Figure 13

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 15


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.5.2 Scan Master Board

The Scan Master Board controls the main functions of the digitizer which are
related to the image data acquisition. The board has to support two operating
levels, low resolution and high resolution. Therefore timing, frequency and
converters need to be controlled.

Photomultiplier Tube Control:


Connector (female) Controls the Photomultiplier itself, the high
to Photomultiplier voltage settings and receives the
Tube current/voltage (I/V) converter signal.

Polygon Control:
Connector (female) Controls via the Polygon the deflection of
to Polygon the laser beam on the image plate, controls
the rotational speed and detects the facets.

RF-Tag Reader Control:


Connector (male) Controls the transmitter and receiver
to RF-Reader signals for reading out demographic data of
the ADC Cassette.
User terminal Control:
Connector (female) Controls the user terminal via a 20 mA
to User terminal interface.
IO-BUS Control:
Provides the IO-BUS with power and
is connected via eight data lines and three
Connector (female) control lines to the IO-BUS.
to IO-Bus

Laser diode Module Control:


Controls the power supply of both laser
Connector (male) diodes of the laser module, controls the
to Laser Diode power switch of the laser diodes, controls
Module Begin-of-Line Signal and Laser-Power-
Monitor board.

5146_reg02_013.cdr

Figure 14

Chapter 2 / 16 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.5.3 cPCI Power Supply

Legend to the LEDs


below, showing the
Output voltages

Green LEDs to
monitor power supply

5146_reg02_014.cdr

Figure 15

During normal operation the LEDs monitor 5,1V and 3,3V voltage levels.

The power supply of the cPCI Rack is not interrupted by the interlock switch.
This independent supply makes it possible to update software or work out
other actions at the rack while both doors of the digitizer are open.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 17


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.5.4 Hard disk

The gray rectangle in the partition map marks the directories which are only
necessary for remote control via http access.

Directories and
Partitions Files Annotations
subdirectories
*.BAT batch and
C: *.SYS
STARTUP.COM
system files
*.PRG program files
ERROR.MSG error message files
*.ESX tables

CGI-BIN *.PRG program files

DL *.zip zip files

PUBLIC *.html html files

*.GIF
IMAGES *.JPG

AOS.LOG current log file


D: ADC.CPF
*.AXX
*.CXX configuration files
*.UXX
ICN_XXXX.DAT infocounter (binary form)
ICN.DAT
5146<S/N>.ICN infocounter (text form)

*.TBL tables
*.SHD calibration files
*.SWP sweep curve
*.TEMP
temporary files
HTTPTEMP.OUT

E:
FLATFLD CONTROL.DAT
IMAGE.DAT

FLATFLD2 CONTROL.DAT
IMAGE.DAT

TESTIMG CONTROL.DAT test image


(Collection of diagnostic images)
IMAGE.DAT

TSHEET CONTROL.DAT testsheet of the optimum


IMAGE.DAT image quality

FLD00001 CONTROL.DAT image control file + demographic data


IMAGE.DAT image data
STATUS
TAGFILE change of status
FLD00002 CONTROL.DAT image control file + demographic data
IMAGE.DAT image data
STATUS only when emergency mode is activated
TAGFILE change of status

FLD00010 CONTROL.DAT image control file + demographic data


IMAGE.DAT image data
STATUS only when emergency mode is activated
TAGFILE change of status

LOG *.SES session files

temporary directory
SCCTEMP 5146_reg02_015.cdr

Figure 16

Chapter 2 / 18 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.6 Cassette Unit 1 / 2

4
2
3
Figure 17

1 5fold stepper motor boards (inside)


2 Cassette Module 2
3 Cassette Module 1
4 Opener mechanism
5 Transport roller
6 Transport belt

The Cassette Unit 1 or 2, depends on which one is at the input buffer, fixes
and holds the cassette during the IP is taken out and scanned. An opener
mechanism for the cassette is also part of each unit. The Cassette Units 1and
2 together are supported and turned by the rotation unit.

On the inner side of each of the Cassette Units is a 5fold stepper motor board
placed, which controls the motors of the corresponding unit.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 19


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.7 IP Transport Unit Prescan

1
2

Figure 18

1 Vacuum unit
2 Suction arms
3 Guide plate

The IP transport robot takes the IP out of the cassette and leads it along the
guide plate to the optic module. The transport robot is guided in the frame of
the unit.

Chapter 2 / 20 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.8 Rotation Unit

51
46
_re
g0
2_
01
8.C
D R
2

Figure 19

1 Rotational drive
2 Stepper motor board

Rotates the Cassette Units by 180° to bring the empty cassette of the input
side to the output side, for putting back the scanned and erased image plate
inside the cassette.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 21


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.9 Scan Unit

2
1

Figure 20

1 Photomultiplier
2 Optic module
3 Slow scan motor
4 5fold st scan
5 Holder for a second Photomultiplier

The function of the scan module is to stimulate a two dimensional, X-ray


exposed, image plate which is made of phosphor with laser energy. Out of the
blue light, which is emitted by the phosphor, a digital image is generated.

The stimulation of the image plate is done pixel by pixel, therefore the laser
beam is moved. The laser power on the focal plane is 50 mW + 5%. The
movement in the x-axis is achieved by a rotating polygon mirror (fast scan
direction) which is part of the optical path. The movement in the y-axis is done
mechanically by transporting the image plate (slow scan direction) with two
pairs of rolls.

The Scan mode 2 µs is used for 35 cm x 43 cm high resolution scanning.


A 1 µs scan mode has been established already in ADC Compact Plus for 35
x 43 cm cassettes standard resolution.
This principle has been enhanced in CR 75.0 to small formats < 35 x 43 cm.

Chapter 2 / 22 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

Consequently, the throughput increases because of reduced scan time. The 1


µs scan mode option can be switched on in the key operator menu.

3.9.1 Laser Diodes


The optic module contains a monochromatic anamorph scan optic where the
laser beam is modified. The light source which is stimulating the image plate
are two red laser diodes, with a wavelength from 650 nm to 670 nm and a
maximal output of 50 mW each (see 2 in figure 20) . The increase and
decrease time of the laser power is shorter than 20 µs. The two beams of the
laser diodes are optical superposed to one and this is focused to have a spot
diameter of 60 µm on the scan surface.

Fa
s ts
ca
n dir
1 ec
tio
n

Figure 21

3.9.2 Polygon
The Polygon has 6 facets, each with a mirror (see 1 in figure 20). It is turned
by a DC motor which is clock pulsed fromthe scanning hardware. Pixel times
between 2.5 and 0.6 µs can be reached, but for scanning are two times used,
1 and 2 µs.

3.9.3 Photomultiplier (PM)


The light collection is done by two bundles of glass fiber and the light detection
is done by a photomultiplier tube, which generates an electrical signal out of it.
The light from the input of the photomultiplier is converted into a proportional
current on the output.

The amplification of the signal is set by the high tension voltage (HT) of the
photomultiplier. The high tension is calculated with two mathematical
constants MFA and MFB (machine factor A and B). The constants are part of
the settings of the digitizer and do not have to be changed in the field. The
high tension supply is integrated in the photomultiplier box.

The photomultiplier is equipped with a blue filter glass for separating the
emitted blue light from the stimulating red light. For self tests a blue LED is
mounted at the back side of the PM.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 23


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.9.4 Optic Module Housing


The housing is made of cast aluminum witch is electrical isolated to the
ground plate. The cover is made of conductive material to achieve
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). The housing of the optic module stays
closed in the field and no service needs to be done inside.

Chapter 2 / 24 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

3.10 Erasure Unit

3
4

Figure 22

1 Halogen lamps (Philips CAPSULEline Pro)


2 Grid for cooling by erasure unit fan
3 KG2 filter for heat protection
4 Front glass (UV filter with sensitive gelatin layer)

The lamps are controlled by the erasure control board and the CS board. The
lamps are controlled during work in pairs and also the power supply of 12 V is
generated via 5 single transformer. By initialization of the digitizer every lamp
is controlled separately. For erasing the image plate a power input of in total
1000 Watt with 230V / 50Hz is present.

The erasure unit fan (placed in the cPCI Rack) is switched on from the MS
board at the same time the lamps are switched on. After the last scanned and
erased image plate the fan is running a certain time for cooling down the unit.

The lamps are already switched on for 0.5 s before the IP reaches the erasure
window. The speed the IP is transported past the erasure unit is varied
between image plate begin and end for optimized homogeneity – dependent
on speed class and format (Erasure energy per time is determined by means
of the demographic data). An image plate format of 35 x 43 cm is transported
centered past the erasure front glass. The maximal distance from image plate
to erasure front glass is 20mm + 5mm.

Erasing process is not taking place if scan is in progress or the temperature


switch is detecting to high values and interrupts for a cooling delay.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 25


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

3.11 IP Transport Unit Postscan

2
Figure 23

1 Guide plate
2 Rocker for parking position
3 Suction arms
4 Vacuum unit

The IP transport robot leads the IP along the guide plate and puts the IP back
to the cassette in the cassette unit.

The transport robot is guided in the frame of the unit. To move the suction
arms back in working position without a conflict with the next IP coming out of
the scanner, the robot is moved in a parking position.

Chapter 2 / 26 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

4 Cycle of a Cassette in the Digitizer


4.1 Input Buffer

4.1.1 Starting the Machine Cycle by inserting a Cassette

An ADC Cassette with an


exposed Image Plate (IP) inside
is set in correct orientation into
the input buffer.
The light barrier GS516 (long
distance light barrier) recognizes
the cassette and starts the
mechanical process of the
digitizer.
A belt drive, moved by motor
M514, retracts the cassette and
the feed gate opens, run by
motor M513.
The light barrier GS518 detects
when the cassette is retracted.
Figure 24

4.1.2 Identification of the Cassette and reading the ID-Data

The silver dot at the bottom of


the ADC Cassette is identified by
the reflex light barrier GS540. If
no dot is detected the cassette is
refused.
The ID-Data are read out from
the chip on the cassette by the 1
RF tag antenna GS538 (1) and
the corresponding board (2). 2

Figure 25

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 27


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

4.2 Cassette Unit 1/2

4.2.1 Taking Cassette in the Cassette Unit

The transport roller (2), moved


by motor M201/M206, brings the 1
cassette completely into the
cassette unit. 2

The light barriers GS220 / 3


GS270 recognize the cassette
and start the belt motor M205 /
M210 to transport the cassette.
The light barrier GS222 / GS278
(long distance light barriers) (1)
detects when the cassette is
retracted to the cassette unit.
The light barrier GS224/GS274
(3) activates the clamping
mechanism.
Figure 26

4.2.2 Clamping the Cassette

The cassette is lowered by


M202/M207 when a signal of the
light barrier GS214/GS265
comes in.
In the lowered position the light
barrier GS224/GS274 for starting
the clamp mechanism detects
the cassette. The clamp motion
is run by M203/M208.
The light barrier GS230/GS280 1
detects when the cassette is 2
clamped.
In the clamped position the light
barrier GS228 / GS277 detects
the start for the opening
Figure 27
mechanism (2).

Chapter 2 / 28 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

4.2.3 Opening the Cassette

The cassette lid is opened by the


stepper motors M204/M209 with
a certain number of steps.
1
The cassette stop switch GS226/
GS276 is set.

Figure 28

4.3 IP Transport Prescan

4.3.1 Positioning of the Transport Robot

Transport robot prescan moves


out of start position, detected by
GS432, upwards to the cassette
unit by motor M403. The working 1
position of the robot is detected
by GS430.
The suction arms (1) are moved 2
in the right position by motor
M402. The positioning of the
suction cups on the IP (2) is
detected by GS 426 and GS424.
The vacuum pump GS420 (3)
starts to build up low pressure. 3

Figure 29

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 29


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

4.3.2 Taking out the IP

By opening the magnetic valve


MG422 the vacuum is
transferred to the suction cups
and the IP is sucked.
The IP is taken out of the
cassette and moved down to the 1
scan unit by motor M403.
By passing the light barrier
GS432 the scan rollers open and
start to turn, driven by motor 2
M621.

Figure 30

4.3.3 Transporting IP to the Scanner

The transport robot prescan 1


transports the IP to the scan unit.
2
The vacuum stops, the IP (2) is
falling down and is guided to the
scan rollers (1).

Figure 31

Chapter 2 / 30 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

4.4 Rotation Unit

While the IP is scanned the


cassette unit is turned 180° by 1
M212. The starting position is
detected by GS206, the final
position after turning by GS204.
The cassette itself stays clamped
on the same cassette unit. 2
Therefore the IP returns after the 3
scan and erasure process into
the same cassette it was placed
before.

5146_REG02_030.CDR

Figure 32

4.5 Scan Unit

4.5.1 Positioning of the IP

The IP is positioned for the scan


process by motor M622 moving
the alignment fingers (1). The
position is checked by light 1
barrier GS616.
The IP is loaded into the scan
unit and the slow scan process is
started by GS626 (long distance
light barrier), giving the begin of
scan signal (BOS).
1
If also the begin of line signal,
activated when the laser
touches a PIN diode inside the
optic module, is given the
scanning starts.

Figure 33

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 31


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

4.5.2 Scanning the IP

The IP is moved through the


scanner by M702.
The scan process is split into a
fast and a slow scan direction.
The laser power of the laser
diodes are lead to the IP via
optical lenses and a polygon.
The light emitted from the IP is
transferred by two fiber optics to
the photo multiplier.

Figure 34

4.5.3 Unloading the IP from Scan Unit

After the scan process, the IP is


detected by GS614 (2) and
positioned by motor M612
moving the alignment mechanics
(1). The position is controlled by
light barrier GS612.
2

Figure 35

Figure 36

Chapter 2 / 32 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

4.6 IP Transport Postscan / Erasure Unit

4.6.1 Positioning of the Robot

The transport robot postscan is


moved by the motor M401 out of
the start position, detected by
light barrier GS416, into working
position controlled by GS414.
This movement is shown in the
upper cycle of figure 35. (The
other movement is worked out
after the IP is put back into the
cassette.)
The suction arms are positioned
by motor M400. The start
position of the suction arms is
detected by the light barrier
GS410 and the final position of
GS408.
The vacuum pump GS402 of the
transport robot postscan starts.
To suck the IP the magnetic
valve MG411 is opened.

Figure 37

4.6.2 Transporting the IP to Erasure Unit

The IP (1) is moved by motor


M401 of the transport robot 2
postscan to the erasure unit (2).
The erasure process starts, if 1
there is no cooling delay
necessary.

Figure 38

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 33


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

The IP passes the erasure lamps 1


(3) in a certain speed. The speed
is dependent on the format of the 2
cassette. This information is 3
given by the chip on the Cassette
and was read out at the
beginning of the cycle.
There are different speeds to
vary homogeneity and intensity
of the erasure effect on the IP.
The image information (2) on the
IP is erased and the blank IP (1)
can be used for another X-ray
exposure.

Figure 39

4.6.3 Putting the IP back into the Cassette

The suction arms of the transport


robot postscan put the IP back
into the cassette.
The vacuum stops and the
suction cups are sliding away
from the IP.
The direction of the movement
see the arrows in figure beside.

Figure 40

Chapter 2 / 34 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

The suction arms are moving


away from the IP, driven by
motor M400 (1) and the robot 1
2
goes back to parking position by
M401 (2).
The way to the parking position
is guided by opening the two
magnetic valves MG401 and
MG402 on the guiding rail of the
transport unit frame.
The parking position is detected
with one light barrier on each
side, GS404 and GS406. This
movement is shown in the lower
cycle of figure 35.
In this position the suction arms
are moved to the right angle to Figure 41
take the next IP.
The robot moves finally in start
position to wait for the next IP.

4.7 Cassette Unit

4.7.1 Moving Cassette to Output Buffer

Closing, unclamping and lifting


the cassette upwards, works in
reverse order than described at
4.2.2 and 4.2.3 of this chapter.
The cassette is closed by motor
M204/M209 and the closed
status is detected by light
barriers GS228/GS277. 1
The clamping (1) is removed by
motor M203/M208 and detected
by light barriers for clamping
position GS230/GS280 and start
position GS224/274.
The motor M202/M207 of the
cassette unit transports the Figure 42
cassette upwards.
The transport belt is turned by
M205/M210 to move the cassette
to the output buffer. The position
of the belt is detected by the light
barrier GS220/GS270.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 35


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

4.8 Output Buffer

4.8.1 Transporting the Cassette to output

The transport belt of the cassette


unit (1) moves the cassette to the
output buffer.
The cassette is detected at the 1
output buffer by GS558.
The transport roller, powered by
motor M515 and controlled by
light barrier GS564, brings the
cassette outside the output
buffer.

Figure 43

4.8.2 Putting out the Cassette

The light barrier GS560 (long


distance light barrier) recognizes
the end of the cassette cycle.
To avoid a blockade of cassettes
by scanning one after another,
1
the lever (1) of the output buffer,
controlled by light barrier GS554
and powered by motor M516,
pushes the out coming cassette
aside.

Figure 44

Chapter 2 / 36 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

5 Software Architecture
5.1 Diagnostics Software

The Diagnostics Software is a tool which helps to find defective parts in the
digitizer. A dialog with requests and questions via the display guides you
through the test of a module.

All components of a module (light barriers, boards, motors, valves,


mechanics…) are checked during a test. If the result is satisfying, the module
is working in a normal operating mode. If a problem is detected a problem
description and a repair proposal comes up on the display.

Modules tested by Diagnostics Software:

Input buffer and R/F-TAG Opens input door and moves cassette
to position 'silver dot detection'; tests
R/F-Tag reading and writing.
Identified cassette 35x43 cm is for
this test needed!
Cassette module 1 Turns cassette module 1 to right side;
opens, clamps and closes cassette;
turns cassette module 1 to left side
and shifts cassette out.
A cassette 35x43 cm is for this test
needed!
Cassette module 2 Turns cassette module 2 to right side;
opens, clamps and closes cassette;
turns cassette module 2 to left side
and shifts cassette out.
A cassette 35x43 cm is for this test
needed!
Rotation unit Turns cassette module 1 to right side
and then cassette module 2 to right
side.
Prescan transport+vac. Opens cassette on right side; tests
prescan valves, vacuum pump and
vacuum switch; moves robot up to
cassette module; sucks image plate
and releases it again; moves robot
down to scanner; closes cassette
again.
A cassette 35x43 cm with an image
plate inside is for this test needed!
Scanner Turns scanner rollers; moves pre-
/post-alignment drives and rollers-lift
home.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 37


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

Postscan transport Clamps cassette on right side and


turns cassette to left side; tests
postscan valves, vacuum pump and
vacuum switch; moves robot up to
cassette module; sucks image plate
and releases it again; moves robot
down to scanner; closes cassette
again and shifts cassette out.
A cassette 35x43 cm with an image
plate inside is for this test needed!
Erasure unit Switches on fan, then switches on all
10 lamps.
Image transmission Checks which destinations (DIPS) are
responding, sends the test image to
all responding destinations and
checks the result of the image
transmission. Considers rerouted
destination.

5.2 Web Pages

The Software of the digitizer allows access from the Internet to the service
level of the machine. The access via a graphic User Interface (ADC web
pages) is part of the service concept of MI CSO. The web pages follow the
structure of the well-known User Terminal.

Access via web pages guarantees a convenient and fast service by making
use of standard tools. The usage of different ports for these ways allows
working simultaneously with FTP, HTTP, and TelNet.

Further information, see Section 3.2 / 7

5.3 Hardware Modification Floppy of Spare Part

Spare parts which are sent with a floppy, need to be included in the system via
software. The floppy e.g. of the optic module contains specific settings of
production calibration and data of the spare part. This information need to be
installed after the spare part is mounted in the digitizer. For other spare parts
sent with a floppy only the information for the info counter is included.

The floppy is put into the floppy drive of the cPCI-Rack and the installation
starts automatically. The information concerning the spare part is integrated in
the system.

Chapter 2 / 38 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

6.2 Data Flow

IP data
Cassette data Conversion of
Exposure emitted light
Destination into current
Patient

R/F Tag on the cassette Photomultiplier

Conversion from current to voltage


in the I/V - converter

Calculation of: Signal compression for grey scale


Scanspeed coordination (square rooted)
Voltage for high tension of PMT
Antialiasing-filter-frequence

Signalfiltering to avoid aliasing


Revolutions per minute of Polygon

Conversion from analog to


Voltage adaptation for high tension of PMT digital (14bit)

Start of scan with slow scan


speed = constant

Scan Master board

Raw image data and


demographic data via network to Raw image data in RAM
processing station

5146_reg02_056.cdr

Figure 46

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 41


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Functional Description DD+DIS002.04E

7 Calibration Principle
There are two different calibrations to work out with the CR 75.0 in the field.
The IP Center Calibration, which is necessary after replacement of the optic
module or a change on the mechanical adjustment of the begin of scan
sensor, and the shading calibration which is responsible for the image quality
and follows always after an IP Center Calibration.

7.1 IP Center Calibration (BOL/BOS Adjustment)

The IP center calibration adjusts two different scan signal settings in one
process, the begin of line (BOL) signal for the fast scan direction and the
begin of scan (BOS) signal for slow scan direction. Both signals in
combination are responsible for the area which is scanned and where pixels
are created.

7.1.1 BOL
The BOL sensor is a pin diode placed in the optic module. It controls the
switching off and on of the laser. The sensor is beside the IP, therefore the
laser beam hits the sensor before the IP. Out of the defined distance between
the sensor and the border of the IP the moment of reading out the pixel lines
on the IP is set.

7.1.2 BOS
The BOS sensor is a long distance light barrier which is placed at the bottom
part of the scan unit. The light barrier gives the signal to start the scan process
in slow scan direction. When the IP reaches the sensor it is detected and then
passes a fixed distance to the begin of scan line, then the scan process starts.

7.1.3 Calibration Procedure


The IP center calibration is
worked out with an IP format
smaller than 35 x 43 cm. In BOS
reference to this biggest format BOL BOL
the borders around the scanned
IP are detected. IP
e.g. 24 x 30 cm
format
The distance corresponding to the
BOS signal is measured from the
geometrical reference to the
Area covered by
border where the scanning of the a 35 x 43 cm IP
IP starts. The ideal distance is (reference)
defined with 5 mm.

The both distances measured to 5146_reg02_059.cdr


adjust the BOL signal must be
equal, means the IP is scanned in Figure 47
centered position.

Chapter 2 / 42 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Functional Description

7.2 Shading Calibration

Inhomogeneties of the light collector (fiber optics) and the photomultiplier


require a position dependent calibration of the scan line. This pixel wise line
calibration evens out differences in the transmission behavior of the glass
fibers by calculation.

Each scanned pixel in a line is corrected arithmetically by its corresponding


correction value (shading correction). This is done for each of the three speed
classes 600, 200, and 75.

A number of lines of a flat field image are averaged and scaled to the
maximum pixel value. All the lines need to be in a certain range to make the
calibration successful, if not the error is displayed at the user terminal.

The calibration curves


can be viewed by using
a web browser.
(see chapter 3.2)

Three curves for each


format are displayed in
one image and
distinguished by three
Figure 48
different colors.

The y-axis of the coordinate system shows the Scan Average Level (SAL)
which is the digital value (gray scale) of a pixel and is one of the criteria for a
successful calibration. The x-axis shows the number of pixels.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 2 / 43


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

Chapter 3.1

List of Contents

1 Safety Precautions.................................................1
1.1 General Safety Instructions ............................................... 1
1.2 Safety Instructions for Laser Products............................. 4
1.3 Safety Instructions for Cassette Unit................................ 4
1.4 Cassettes............................................................................. 4

2 Safety Notes CR 75.0 Digitizer..............................5


2.1 General ................................................................................ 5
2.2 To be considered upon Repairs on the CR 75.0 .............. 5
2.3 Safety Switch of the CR 75.0 Digitizer .............................. 6
2.4 Safety Regulations for the Laser Beam ............................ 7
2.5 Protective Measures for Electronic Components ............ 7
2.6 Warning Label on the Input Buffer of the Digitizer .......... 8
2.7 Warning Label on the Erasure Unit ................................... 9
2.8 To be considered with mechanical Tests of
Stepper Motor controlled Drive Units ............................... 9

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.1 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

1 Safety Precautions

1.1 General Safety Instructions

• The CR 75.0 has been designed for scanning medical X-ray image plates
and should only be used for these purposes.
• The CR 75.0 must only be operated by qualified staff trained on the
machine.
• Make sure that the CR 75.0 is constantly monitored in order to avoid
inappropriate handling, especially by children.
• Only trained service personnel must make repairs. Only authorized
service personnel must make changes to the CR 75.0.
• If there is any visible damage to the machine casing, do not start nor use
the CR 75.0.
• If you want to connect the CR 75.0 with other devices, components or
assemblies and if the technical data do not permit determining whether
the combination with these devices, components or assemblies involves
hazards, you must consult the respective manufacturers to avoid danger
for operating personnel or the environment.
• Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
• Switch off the CR 75.0 before performing any maintenance work or
repairs. Disconnect the CR 75.0 from the mains before making repairs or
performing any maintenance activities.
• As is the case for all technical devices, the CR 75.0 must be operated,
cared for and serviced correctly.
• If you don't operate the CR 75.0 correctly or if you don't have it serviced
correctly, Agfa-Gevaert is not liable for resulting disturbances, damages or
injuries.
• When installing the CR 75.0, care must be taken to ensure that there is
either a mains plug or an all-cable disconnecting device in the internal
installation fitted near the CR 75.0 and that it is easily accessible.
• If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the CR 75.0
immediately.
• Check that the mains voltage is within the specified range of the self
adapting power supply of the machine.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.1 / 1


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions DD+DIS002.04E

• You can hurt your fingers if they are caught between the ADC Cassette
and the edge of the input slot. Insert the cassette in the input buffer as
described in the User Manual. At all times, keep your fingers clear of the
input slot. As soon as the CR 75.0 takes in the cassette, release it.

Warning Label at the Input buffer of the


CR 75.0.

Safety warning, indicating that the CR 75.0 manuals should be consulted


before making any connections to other equipment. The use of accessory
equipment not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this
Digitizer may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting system.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:

• Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity


• Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has
been performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC 601-1 and
IEC 601-1-1 harmonized national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems
standard ICE 601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system
configurator and is responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required contact your local service organization.

In order to reduce the risk of electric shock, do not remove any covers.

Caution hot:

Keep hands clear from the erasure unit.

Type B equipment:

Indicates that the CR 75.0 complies with the limits for type B equipment.

Supplementary protective earth connector:

Provides a connection between the CR 75.0 and the potential equalization


busbar of the electrical system as found in medical environments. This plug
should never be unplugged before the power is turned off and the power plug
has been removed.

Chapter 3.1 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

Intergrounding connector:

Provides a connection between the Digitizer and other equipment which


might exhibit minor ground potential differences. These differences may
degrade the quality of communication between different equipment. Never
remove connections to this terminal.

Protective earth (ground):

Provides a connection between the Digitizer and the protective earth of the
mains. Do not remove this connection, because this will have a negative
influence on the leakage current.

Power on

Power off:

Note that the power cord has to be disconnected from the wall outlet in order
to disconnect the unit entirely from the mains.

Precautions for use in USA only:

Make sure that the circuit is single-phase center-tapped, if the Digitizer is


connected to a 240 V/60 Hz source instead of a 120V/60 Hz source.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.1 / 3


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions DD+DIS002.04E

1.2 Safety Instructions for Laser Products


The CR 75.0 is a class 1 Laser Product. It uses internally a 2 x 50mW laser
diode, classification class IIIb.
Under normal operating conditions - when both doors are closed - there can
be no laser radiation outside the CR 75.0. It is nonetheless imperative that
the local radiation safety regulations regarding the protection of staff against
scattered radiation are complied with, if the CR 75.0 is located in the
immediate vicinity of an X-ray room.
Open the front left and right door only to solve cassette or image plate jams.
When you open either of the doors, the power supply of all critical
components is switched off automatically as a precaution.
User interventions other than those described in this manual can be
hazardous with regard to laser radiation.

1.3 Safety Instructions for Cassette Unit


The Rotation drive of the Cassette Unit turns very fast!
Keep away when machine is run with doors opened (e.g. for repair,
maintenance).

1.4 Cassettes
Observe great care whenever removing the image plate from the ADC
Compact cassette. Refer to the cleaning procedure described in the user
manual.

Make sure that the automatic exposure control device is placed above the
cassette, to prevent patients from receiving an overdose of X-rays. When it is
located underneath the cassette, the backscatter protection (lead) contained
in the red side of the cassette, retains a certain amount of X-rays. The dose
measured by the cell will then be much lower than the dose actually given to
the patient.

The image plate causes a specific X-ray scattering. This influences the
response of the exposure control device. To compensate for this, re-
calibration of the device for the use with ADC Compact cassettes could be
necessary.

Chapter 3.1 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

2 Safety Notes CR 75.0 Digitizer

2.1 General

With every repair work check the following points visually:


• Condition of the insulation of the mains plug / mains cable.
• Effects of the strain relief for the mains cable.
• Efficiency of the protective earth on metal panel parts (protective earth
connected and spring contacts OK).
• Correct condition of the protection covers.

2.2 To be considered upon Repairs on the CR 75.0


The machine must be protected against accidental activation during repair
work. For this purpose we recommend to attach the following sign on the main
switch while repairing the machine.

Do not
Repairs in progress!
activate!
Location:......................
Repairs in Sign must only be removed by:
progress. ..................

Figure 1

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.1 / 5


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions DD+DIS002.04E

2.3 Safety Switch of the CR 75.0 Digitizer

The machine has one safety switch (interlock switch) to ensure the
customer's safety.
Nevertheless, it might be possible that in case of software errors the laser
beam is still active.

Figure 2

The power supply for all electronic components, except the PCI-Rack, is
interrupted when the Digitizer is opened. The PCI-Rack remains energized in
order to allow file uploads/downloads.

For service purposes this function can be overridden by means of a service


key (see Figure 2). However, be careful, since there is a risk of injury by
moving mechanical parts, electrical parts as well as the laser beam.

Consider that the service key must be removed again before the doors are
closed. After use of the service key, the function of the safety switch has to be
checked.

Chapter 3.1 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

2.4 Safety Regulations for the Laser Beam

Do not perform any service interventions in the optical path of the digitizer.

2.5 Protective Measures for Electronic Components

Since there is a frequent problem with electrical components which are


destroyed by static discharge, protective measures must be taken to avoid
this problem. For the repair on electrical components it is necessary to wear
the grounding strap around the wrist and connect the other end of this strap
on a position of the frame which is free of lacquer.
Be attentive, that the frame is grounded!
This grounding strap is available under the spare part number
CM+9.9999.0830.0 via LOG-T warehouse in Munich.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.1 / 7


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions DD+DIS002.04E

2.6 Warning Label on the Input Buffer of the Digitizer


The warning label (see Figure 3) is placed in the upper left corner of the
front side of the Input buffer; details see Figure 4.

Figure 3: Warning label (25mm x 25 mm)

3mm

5mm
Feed Gate

Figure 4: Label position

Chapter 3.1 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instructions

2.7 Warning Label on the Erasure Unit

The Erasure Unit gets extremely hot during operation. Avoid contact, as there
is a risk of burning. Watch the corresponding label, see Figure 5.

200 c

Figure 5

2.8 To be considered with mechanical Tests of Stepper Motor


controlled Drive Units
If a stepper motor driven shaft must be turned for checking a mechanical
function, make sure to disconnect the stepper motor first on the corresponding
control board. (To avoid destruction of the stepper motor control board by
induction).
If this is not possible, turn the stepper motor only slowly.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.1 / 9


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS142.06E Tools and auxiliary means

Chapter 3.2

List of Contents

1 Recommended Tools and Test Equipment ...............................1

2 Use of the Service PC (standard) ...............................................1

3 Access to the Service Level of the Digitizer: Overview............3

4 Service Program for the Digitizer ...............................................5


4.1 Overview of the Service Program.................................................................. 5

5 Remote Service via ADC Web Pages .........................................7


5.1 General Information on Access for Service Interventions.......................... 7
5.1.1 What are HTML Pages? ................................................................................... 7
5.1.2 Prerequisites for the Remote Service ............................................................... 7
5.1.3 How to start HTML Pages of a Digitizer............................................................ 8
5.1.4 Structure of the Welcome Page ........................................................................ 8
5.2 Functions of ADC Web Pages: Overview ..................................................... 9

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.2 / I
2006-05-23 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS142.06E Tools and auxiliary means

1 Recommended Tools and Test Equipment

In addition to the common tools every service engineer is carrying in his tool
box, the following auxiliary equipment is required for the service on the
CR 75.0 components:

Equipment Spare Part Number Application

Service PC - service program

Interface cable CM+9 5120 9030 0 connection


RS232, service PC - Digitizer
9pin / 25 pins SUB D

Ground tape CM+9 9999 0830 0 replacement of printed circuit


boards / EPROMs

Safety lacquer - to be used after electronic or


mechanical adjustments

CCM Tool See Med Net configuration tool


GSO library

Leeds test phantom FWW41 test exposures

Test Images CD- CM+9 5145 3055 0 contains four test images:
ROM for CR 75.0 flatfld, flatfld2, testimg,
tsheet

Cu filter CM+9 5155 1015 2 test exposures

2 Use of the Service PC (standard)

The service PC is used:

• to create the adc.cpf file with the CCM tool


• to do service via terminal emulation
• to run the show error program

As service PC you can use any commercially available laptop.

Service PC connection: at a RS232 interface beside the mains switch of the


ADC Digitizer.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.2 / 1
2006-05-23 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS142.06E Tools and auxiliary means

3 Access to the Service Level of the Digitizer: Overview


Rs232
serial The ADC service concept offers four different ways of access
to the digitizer. Beside the two most common ways via local
keypad (1) and Service PC (2),( on-site presence necessary),
1 2 remote access via LAN(3) and Internet (4) gains mor e and
more importance.

1) Local keypad
local keypad Service PC The local keypad or operation terminal is part of the
digitizer and allows on-site access to the machine. All
terminal emulation commands are directly entered via 10 keys on the keypad.
(xt, hyperterminal) Easy to handle due to online-instructions.

ADC_C:\>Dir 2) Service PC
Digitizer The Service PC can be connected to the digitizer via the
serial interface RS232. Commands are entered in
command lines (CUI).

3) PC in LAN
Ethernet
The digitizer can be called from any PC connected to LAN.
TCP/IP TCP/IP Three different ways of access are offered:

4 Input via ftp: only one connection at the same time

Service Host Ftp>put


3

PC in LAN Internet
Processing Station Input via TelNet: only one connection at the same time
PPP
or
ID-Station

adc_C:\> dir

ftp> adc_C:\>Dir Modem

Plus

TelNet LAN
Remote PC Local Area Network
CUI GUI Several PCs are connected to
each other in a limited area.
Plus

Plus

ftp> adc_C:\>Dir

TelNet dial-up Plus 4) Remote PC


Dial-up connection to the digitizer. Prerequisites: Access to
CUI CUI GUI Internet, Service Host/Modem, (password required)
Three different ways of access are offered:(see item3).

figure 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.2 / 3
2006-05-23 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary means DD+DIS142.06E

Intentionally left blank.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.2 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 15
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2006-05-23
Repair and Service
DD+DIS142.06E Tools and auxiliary means

4 Service Program for the Digitizer

4.1 Overview of the Service Program

Service Level 1 Service Level 2 Service Level 3


1 INFO 1 Device info
2 Network info
2 MAINTENANCE 1 SAL Inspection
2 Calibration
3 Test and Adjust cycle 1 Scan with transmission
2 Scan cycle – no image
3 Scan – no era, no img
4 Handling Cycle
5 Adjustment Cycle
4 Confirm Maintenance
5 Confirm Repair
6 Clear Infocounter
7 Confirm Modification
8 Confirm Installation
3 SAVE on floppy 1 Infocounter file
2 Machine-specific data
3 Service report
4 Session files
5 CPF file
6 Alarm log file
4 SHOW error 1 Explain error code
2 Error hit list
5 INSTALL from floppy 1 Software
2 Machine-specific data
3 PMT settings (mfa/mfb)
4 Optics parameters
5 Scanner parameters
6 CPF file
7 Language files
8 HW modification ID

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.2 / 5
2006-05-23 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary means DD+DIS142.06E

Service Level 1 Service Level 2 Service Level 3


6 CONFIGURE 1 Local network ID
2 User terminal language
3 Active Alert System 1 Alert system status
2 Alert destination
3 Send test alert
7 DIAGNOSTICS 1 Scanning and signals *
2 Mechanical modules 1 Input buffer & R/F TAG
2 Cassette module 1
3 Cassette module 2
4 Rotation unit
5 Prescan transport + vac.
6 Scanner
7 Postscan transport
3 Erasure Unit
4 Image transmission
8 Checks 1 System check
2 Check laser 1 Optical Path *
2 Laser power on IP
3 Check destinations Ping to ...
4 Check disk
5 Send flatfield
6 Send jitter pattern 1 Calibration pattern
2 Banding pattern
7 Check I/O-bus

* The optical fiber has been omitted, but the presence of the laser beam can
still be validated by visual inspection through the opened input rollers.
Mind the safety instructions in chapter 3.1.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.2 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 15
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2006-05-23
Repair and Service
DD+DIS142.06E Tools and auxiliary means

5 Remote Service via ADC Web Pages

5.1 General Information on Access for Service Interventions

Access for service interventions is possible on four different ways:

1. locally via keypad


2. remotely via terminal emulation (RS232 Interface),
e.g. xt, hyperterminal
3. remotely via a PC in LAN (telnet)
4. remotely via a dial-up connection (ppp)

This document describes the access via a graphic User Interface


(ADC web pages); item 3 and 4.
The ADC web pages complete the service concept of MI CSO. They follow the
structure of the well-known User Terminal.
Access via web pages guarantees a convenient and fast service by making
use of standard tools. The usage of different ports for these ways allows
working simultaneously with FTP, HTTP, and TelNet.

5.1.1 What are HTML Pages?


HTML stands for Hyper Text Markup Language. It is a programming language
for the creation of web pages for the Internet. HTML defines layout, fonts and
colors of the page and integrates multimedia functions such as graphics,
animations or hyperlinks. A special web browser is needed to view a
HTML page.

5.1.2 Prerequisites for the Remote Service


• direct network connection or dial-up network connection; TCP / IP
(e.g. Service Host)
• digitizer software COP1215 / SOL1108 loaded (restriction: upload
function not implemented yet)
• web browser installed (recommended: > Netscape Navigator 4.0;
Internet Explorer supports all functions except file transfer)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.2 / 7
2006-05-23 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary means DD+DIS142.06E

5.1.3 How to start HTML Pages of a Digitizer


(1) Make sure that the digitizer you want to examine is switched on and
you can access it remotely.
(2) Open your web browser.

(3) Enter the IP address of the digitizer in the URL address field of your
browser.
(4) You will be asked to enter a user name and a password. If you do not
know the proper password, please contact GSC Munich.
(5) HTML pages will open with the Welcome Page on your screen.

5.1.4 Structure of the Welcome Page


After a successful login the Welcome Page opens.

Plus

Plus

figure 2

Navigation Instructions:

HTML pages are structured in a three-frame layout. The top frame is static
and displays information about the digitizer and its location. The lower left
frame is the navigation frame and displays a set of topics. Information about a
selected topic will open in the main frame.
In the main frame most of the information pages are equipped with a
"Home" link and a "Back" link. "Home" leads back to the Welcome Page.
"Back" returns to the primarily selected page.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.2 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 15
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2006-05-23
Repair and Service
DD+DIS142.06E Tools and auxiliary means

5.2 Functions of ADC Web Pages: Overview

1st Level 2nd Level Comment


Show Info Device Info Typical info on the device, e.g. type.
Device Status Emulates the User Interface; shows the User
Terminal in current status.
User Terminal Messages Like Device Status.
Error Messages Shows a history of errors that occurred
during operation, latest error on top.
Network Info Shows network info, e.g. hostname,
IP address.
Test Report Shows and reports history on performed
local service interventions on device. Latest
on top.
Info Counter Shows detailed info on device,
e.g. SW-version, serial number,
modifications.
Scanner Shows calibration lines in graphic format for
various resolutions (mainly for production
purposes).

NOTE:
When selecting files for downloads, these files are first zipped and copied to
the download area (adc_c:\dl\). From the download area, the zip-files can be
downloaded to a directory of your HDD.

Download Infocounter File Downloads the infocounter.


Session Files Downloads one ore more *.ses files.
Test Report Downloads the report file *.rpt.
CPF file Downloads the ADC CPF file.
Raw Image Downloads a raw image folder. This takes
several minutes.
Machine Specific Data Downloads the machine-specific data =
backup.
Any File Downloads any file.
Show Contents of the Displays a list of the files that have been
Download Aread prepared for download.
Cleanup the Download Area Clears the list of the files that have been
prepared for download.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.2 / 9
2006-05-23 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary means DD+DIS142.06E

1st Level 2nd Level Comment


Upload Software Allows to upload the Operating System
(aos*.zip), Application Software
(app*.zip) or Error Messages and
Diagnostics (err*.zip). Software patches
(patx.zip) can be uploaded, too.

Language Files Uploads language files to customize the


system language.
CPF file Uploads the CPF file.
Machine Specific Parameters Uploads machine-specific parameters
(backup).
Any File Allows an upload of any file.
Configure Local Network ID Allows changes in the network settings.
NOTE:
Changes are activated immediately.

User Terminal Language The standard language for normal user and
key operator of the system can be changed.
NOTE:
Changes are activated immediately.

Date and Time Manual setting of date and time.


Checks Quick Check Automatic selftest of the device. This test is
recommended to be run as first step in
troubleshooting.
Check Laserpower Shows the history of the laser power.
Check Destinations Sends a ping to the Processing Stations
defined in the CPF file. Checks and displays
these destinations, including their host
names and their status.
Check Disk(s) Checks the hard disk or floppy drive;
comparable to chkdsk in MS-DOS. Being a
dynamic process, this cannot be displayed in
HTML.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.2 / 10 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 15
Agfa Company Confidential (Type 5146/100/101) 2006-05-23
Repair and Service
DD+DIS142.06E Tools and auxiliary means

1st Level 2nd Level Comment


Image Queue Show Queue displays all the images in the queue;
"Patient Name", "Location on Disk" and
"Status" are listed on the display.
Delete Queue Entries displays all the images that can be deleted.
Reroute reroutes all further incoming images to a
selected destination.
Retransmit resends an image when the job is in the
status "error". All the images that can be
retransmitted are listed on the display.
Send Image Test Image Each test image ("mosaic image") can be
sent to any of the Processing Stations in the
network configured in the CPF file.
Flatfield (Calibration Pattern) Each flatfield can be sent to any of the
Processing Stations in the network
configured in the CPF file.
Flatfield (Banding Pattern) Each flatfield can be sent to any of the
Processing Stations in the network
configured in the CPF file.
Testsheet Each test sheet can be sent to any of the
Processing Stations in the network
configured in the CPF file.

NOTE:
The following item ‘Advanced Access’ allows access via the command line. It
is for advanced users only. Protective mechanisms are no longer in force.

Advanced additional commands can be entered directly


Access in the command line.
Your intervention is not visible for any user.
Do not interfere with ongoing user activities!
Confirm Your this shell updates the infocounter.
Access Please enter this information whenever you
finished a service intervention. You can
choose between Remote Maintenance and
Remote Repair.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.2 / 11
2006-05-23 (Type 5146/100/101) Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

Chapter 3.3

List of Contents

1 Checkpoints for Troubleshooting ........................1


1.1 Input Buffer - Checkpoint 1................................................ 2
1.2 Cassette Unit - Checkpoint 2 ............................................. 3
1.3 Rotation Unit - Checkpoint 3.............................................. 5
1.4 Prescan Transport Unit - Checkpoint 4 ............................ 6
1.5 Scanner - Checkpoint 5 .....................................................11
1.6 Erasure Unit - Checkpoint 6..............................................12
1.7 Postscan Transport Unit - Checkpoint 7 .........................14

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

1 Checkpoints for Troubleshooting

Checkpoint 2
Cassette unit
Checkpoint 3
Rotation unit

Checkpoint 7
Postscan transp. Checkpoint 1
Input buffer

Checkpoint 4
Prescan transp.
Checkpoint 6 & Vacuum
Erasure unit

Checkpoint 5
Scanner

(1) Check info counters and select the defective module.

(2) Run test as indicated in the respective checkpoint:


The reports are checked by the Diagnostic Software for the selected
module. The procedure is not visible on the display of the digitizer only
results, problem descriptions and repair proposals are displayed.
If there is no result, check the adjustments of the module in chapter 3.6.

The error numbers of the internal reports are not identical to the error codes
shown on the display.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 1


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

1.1 Input Buffer - Checkpoint 1

Run Diagnostic Software:


7 DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical Modules
1 Input buffer & R/F Tag

Test input buffer


connections

Ok

Test if X positioning light


barrier of motor M513
is clear Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light
Ok barrier of motor M513
Test if clear and interrupt
Moving input buffer belt in functionality of 0
home position failed positioning lightbarrier of
motor Mxxx
Ok
Test if clear and interrupt
Closing door of input functionality of 0
buffer failed positioning lightbarrier of
motor Mxxx
Ok

Test if X positioning
lightbarrier of motor
M513 is interrupted Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light
Ok barrier of motor M513

Open input buffer door Openning input buffer


door failed
Ok

Move input buffer belt to Moving input buffer belt


prepare position to prepare position failed
Ok Moving input buffer Moving input buffer belt
belt home in home position failed
Move input belt slowly to Move input belt to label
label position position failed Test if clear and interrupt
functionality of 0
positioning lightbarrier of
Ok motor Mxxx

Test if 0 positioning
lightbarrier of motor
Ok M514 is clear Error xxxx ocurred when
testing 0 positioning light
barrier of motor M514
Ok

Test if X positioning
lightbarrier of motor
M514 is interrupted Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light
barrier of motor M514
Waking up RF-tab reader
Wake up RF-tag reader
failed

Chapter 3.3 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

continues Input Buffer – Checkpoint 1


Ok
Order RF-tag reader to
Order RF-tag reader to Reading data from tag Cancelling of waiting for
read data from tag failed a new tag failed

Ok
Order RF-tag reader to Writing data to tag failed Ok
write data back to tag
Ok

Setting RF-tag reader Setting RF-tag reader


into sleep mode into sleep mode failed
Ok
Close input buffer door Closing door of input
buffer failed
Ok
Move input buffer belt Moving input buffer belt
home in home position failed

1.2 Cassette Unit - Checkpoint 2

Run Diagnostic Software:


7 DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical Modules
2 Cassette Module 1
or 3 Cassette Module 2

The abbreviations CASMODCON, ROTCON, HOMEPOS and XPOS are


subprograms and are also checked during diagnose.

CASMODCON

ROTCON

Rotation position of unknown Rotation position is


cassette module is x position unknown

Initialize roation module Initialization of rotation


Module 1/2 module failed
Ok
Turning cassette module Turning cassette module
1/2 to input 1/2 to input failed

Trying to reset rotation Initialization of rotation


motor motor failed

Ok

Test if input detection


lighbarrier of cassette
module on GS210S1/ Error xxxx ocurred when
GS260S2 is interrupted testing if puls lightbarrier
of GS210S1/GS260S2 is
interrupted
Ok

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 3


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

continues Cassette Unit – Checkpoint 2

Test if X positioning light


barrier of motor M203/
M208 is clear Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light
Ok

Closing cassette of Could not close cassette


cassette module x HOMEPOS
of cassette module x

Ok

Unclamping cassette of Unclamping cassette of


cassette module x HOMEPOS
module x failed

Ok

Moving lift of cassette Moving lift of cassette HOMEPOS


module x up module x up failed

Ok

Moving belt of cassette Moving belt of cassette


module x home HOMEPOS
module x home failed

Ok

Stopping input rolls of Stopping input rolls of


cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok

Test if puls lightbarrier of


GS210S1/GS260S2 is Starting input rolls of Starting input rolls of
interrupted cassette module x cassette module x failed
Error xxxx ocurred when
testing if puls lightbarrier
Ok
Ok
Test if puls lightbarrier of
GS210S1/GS260S2 is
interrupted Error xxxx ocurred when
testing if puls lightbarrier
Ok

Stopping input rolls of Stopping input rolls of


cassette module x cassette module x failed
Ok
Starting input rolls of Starting input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Stopping input rolls of Stopping input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Lift of cassette module x Moving down lift of
is being moved down cassette module x failed

Ok
Unclamping cassette of Unclamping cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok

Chapter 3.3 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

continues Cassette Unit – Checkpoint 2

Clamping cassette of Clamping cassette of


XPOS
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Opening cassette in Opening cassette in
module x module x failed
Ok
Closing cassette in Closing cassette in
module x module x failed
Ok
Unclamping cassette in Unclamping cassette in
module x module x failed

Ok
Moving up lift of cassette Moving up lift of cassette
module x module x failed

Ok
Lift of cassette module x
is moved up

Rotation position of unknown Rotation position is


cassette module is x position unknown
1.2 Cassette Initialization of rotation
Initialize roation module
Module 1/2 Unit
Ok
- module failed

Checkpoint
Turning cassette module 2 Turning cassette module
1/2 to input 1/2 to input failed

Ok

Move belt of cassette Moving belt of cassette


module x in end position module x to end position
failed
Ok

Move belt of cassette Move belt of cassette


module x to home module x to home
position position failed

1.3 Rotation Unit - Checkpoint 3

Run Diagnostic Software:


7 DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical Modules
4 Rotation Unit

Test connections of
rotation module
Test if clear and interrupt
Move rotation unit home Moving rotation unit functionality of 0
home failed positioning lightbarrier
Ok of motor Mxxx

Get rotation position Rotation position


is unkown

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 5


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

continues Rotation Unit – Checkpoint 3

Ok
Initialize rotation module Initialization of rotation
module failed
Ok

Turning cassette mod. 1 Turning cassette mod.1


to input to input failed

Reset rotation module to Reset of rotation module


set all motors currentless failed
Ok

Test if X positioning light


barrier of motor M212 is
clear

Ok

Test if X positioning light


barrier of motor M212 is
interrupted

Get rotation position Rotation position


is unkown

Initialize rotation module Initialization of rotation


module failed
Ok

Turning cassette mod. 2 Turning cassette mod.2


to input to input failed

1.4 Prescan Transport Unit - Checkpoint 4

Run Diagnostic Software:


7 DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical Modules
5 Prescan transport + vac.

The abbreviation ROTCON is a subprogram and is also checked during


diagnose. VACUUM and AIRDET are shown after the main program.

Chapter 3.3 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

continues Prescan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 4

Test connections of
prescan module

Initializing prescan
module

Ok Timeout when testing X if Move home sled motor


positioning lightbarrier of of prescan module
motor M403 is interrupted
Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light Ok
barrier of motor M403
Ok is interrupted

Timeout when testing X if


Timeout when testing X if
positioning lightbarrier of
positioning lightbarrier of Test if positioning light motor M403 is interrupted
motor M402 is clear barrier of motor M403
is interrupted Error xxxx ocurred when
Error xxxx ocurred when testing X positioning light
testing X positioning light
barrier of motor M403
barrier of motor M402 Ok is interrupted
Ok is clear
Move home suction
VACUUM motor of prescan
module

Test connections of
cassette module Ok

Timeout when testing X if


positioning lightbarrier of
Test if positioning light motor M402 is interrupted
barrier of motor M402
is interrupted Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light
barrier of motor M402
is interrupted

Close opener of Closing opener of


cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Unclamp clamper of Unclamping clamper of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Move up lift of Moving up lift of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Move home belt of Moving home belt of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Stop input rolls of Stopping input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Start input rolls of Starting input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Stop input rolls of Stopping input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 7


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

continues Prescan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 4

Move down lift of Moving down lift of


cassette module x cassette module x failed
Ok
Unclamping cassette of Unclamping cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Clamp cassette of Clamping cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Open cassette of Opening cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok

Get rotation position Rotation position is ROTCON


unknown
1 or 2
Initialization of rotation
Initialize rotation module
Test connections of module failed
cassette module Ok

Turning cassette Turning cassette


module x to input module x to input failed

Ok
Start of moving up
prescan robot failed
Ok
Prescan robot started
to move up

Waiting for prescan


Prescan robot did not
robot to reach upper
reach upper position
position

Ok

Error xxxx ocurred when


testing X positioning light
barrier of motor M403
Ok is interrupted

Test if vacuum is No vacuum is detected


detected for prescan for prescan module
module
Ok
Switch off vacuum pump Switching off vacuum
of prescan module pump of prescan module
failed
Ok
Set valve of pre/post Setting valve of pre/post
scan module to vacuum scan module of vacuum
pump pump failed
Ok

Moving suction cups of Moving suction cups of


prescan module back prescan module back
home home failed

Chapter 3.3 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

continues Prescan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 4

Ok

Error xxxx ocurred when


testing X positioning light
barrier of motor M402
Ok is interrupted

Move down robot of Starting to move down


prescan module robot of prescan module
failed
Ok
Waiting for robot of pre
scan module to finish Movement down of robot
the movement down of prescan module failed

Ok
Finishing cycle of Finishing cycle of
prescan module prescan module failed

Ok

Close opener of Could not close cassette


cassette module x of cassette module x

Ok
Unclamp clamper of Could not unclamp
cassette module x cassette of cassette
module x
Ok
Move up lift of Could not move up lift of
cassette module x cassette module x

Subprogram VACUUM:

Switch off vacuum pump


prescan/postscan
module

Ok

Wait for xxx seconds

Test if air is detected


for postscan/prescan
module

Ok

Set valve of prescan/


postscan module to
vacuum pump

Ok

Wait for xxx seconds

Switch on vacuum
pump prescan/postscan
module

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 9


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

continues Prescan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 4

Ok

Wait for xxx seconds

Test if air is detected


for postscan/prescan AIRDET
module

Ok

Wait for vacuum for


postscan/prescan
module

Ok

Set valve postscan/


prescan module to air

Ok

Wait for vacuum for


postscan/prescan
module

Ok

Set valve of prescan/


postscan module to
vacuum pump

Sub subprogram AIRDET:

Wait for xxx seconds

Test if air is detected


for prescan module

Ok

User interference:
remove tube

Test air if detected


after tube has been
removed

Ok

Test if in line voltage


is present on
MS-BOARD

Chapter 3.3 / 10 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

1.5 Scanner - Checkpoint 5

Run Diagnostic Software:


7 DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical Modules
6 Scanner

Test connections of
slow scan module

Start slowscan rollers


with fast speed

Ok

Stopping slowscan
rollers failed

Ok

Stepper lightbarrier of Move home sled motor Timeout when testing X if


motor M702 is not clear of prescan module positioning lightbarrier
positioning lightbarrier of
of
motor M403 is interrupted

Ok

Move scanner motors Moving scanner motors Moving home pre-align Moving home pre-align
to home position into to home position slow scan drive slow scan drive failed
failed

Test if clear and interrupt


Ok functionality of 0
positioning lightbarrier of
motor Mxxx

Moving home post-align Moving home post-align


slow scan slow scan drive failed

Test if clear and interrupt


functionality of 0
Ok positioning lightbarrier of
motor Mxxx

Moving slowscan rollers Moving slowscan rollers


lift home lift home failed
Ok

Test if X positioning Timeout, when tesing if


lightbarrier of motor X positioning lightbarrier
M203/M208 is clear of motor M702 is clear

Error xxxx ocurred when


tesing if X positioning
Ok lightbarrier of motor
M702 is clear

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 11


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

continues Scanner – Checkpoint 5

Test if X positioning Timeout, when tesing if


lightbarrier of motor X positioning lightbarrier
M203/M208 is of motor M702 is
interrupted interrupted

Timeout, when tesing if


X positioning lightbarrier
of motor M702 is
interrupted

1.6 Erasure Unit - Checkpoint 6

Run Diagnostic Software:


7 DIAGNOSTICS
3 Erasure Unit

The subprogram LAMPS is shown after the main program.

Test connections of
erasure unit

Switch off erasure unit


fan
Ok

Switch on power unit


fan
Ok
Question in CLIPS: Power unit fan does not
Switch off power unit fan
Does power unit fan run run
Ok
Ok
Switch on power unit fan

Ok

Switch on erasure unit


fan
Ok
Erasure unit fan does not
Switch off erasure unit
run
fan
Ok
Ok
Switch on erasure unit
fan

Performs a complete Safety test of erasure Test if erasure unit


safety test on the unit failed power is ok
erasure unit
Ok

Chapter 3.3 / 12 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

continues Erasure Unit – Checkpoint 6

Test if erasure control


board is ok
Ok Ok

Test if current sense


board is ok
Ok

Test transformer 1
Ok

Test transformer 2
Ok

Test transformer 3
Ok

Test transformer 4
Ok

Test transformer 5
Ok

Test erasure lamps


connections
Ok

Test erasure unit fan


speed
Ok

Erasure unit fan speed


is ok

Switch off erasure unit


lamps

Ok Getting erasure unit


lamps currents failed

There is current detected


while erasure unit lamps
Ok are switched off

LAMPS

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 13


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

continues Erasure Unit – Checkpoint 6

Subprogram LAMPS :

Switch on erasure unit Switching on erasure unit


lamps of trafo x lamps of trafo x failed
Ok
Get erasure unit lamps
currents

Ok

Switch off erasure unit Switching off erasure


lamps unit lamps failed

1.7 Postscan Transport Unit - Checkpoint 7

Run Diagnostic Software:


7 DIAGNOSTICS
2 Mechanical Modules
7 Postscan transport

The subprogram VACUUM is shown at Checkpoint 4.

Test connections of
postscan module

Initializing postscan
module

Ok Timeout when testing X if Moving sled motor


positioning lightbarrier of M401home
motor M401 is interrupted
Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light Ok
barrier of motor M401
Ok is interrupted

Timeout
Timeoutwhen
whentesting
testingXifif
Timeout when testing X if positioning lightbarrier
puls lightbarrier of of
positioning lightbarrier of motor M403
subnode is interrupted
2 of GS414 is
motor M400 is clear Test if lightbarrier GS414 interrupted
is interrupted
Error xxxx ocurred when Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light testing
testingXpulspositioning light
lightbarrier
barrier of motor M400 Ok ofbarrier
subnode2of motor M403
of GS414
is clear isisinterrupted
interrupted
Move home suction
motor of postscan
Ok module

Ok

continues Postscan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 7

Chapter 3.3 / 14 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

Timeout when testing if


puls lightbarrier of
subnode 2 of GS408 is
Test if lightbarrier clear
GS408 is clear
Error xxxx ocurred when
testing if puls lightbarrier
of subnode 2 of GS408
is clear

Get rotation position Rotation position is Test connections of


unknown rotation module
1 or 2
Initialization of rotation
Initialize rotation module
Test connections of module failed
cassette module x Ok

Turning cassette Turning cassette


module x to input module x to input failed

Ok
Test connections of
rotation module

Test connections of
cassette module x

Close opener of Closing opener of


cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Unclamp clamper of Unclamping clamper of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Move up lift of Moving up lift of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Move home belt of Moving home belt of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Stop input rolls of Stopping input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Start input rolls of Starting input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Stop input rolls of Stopping input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Move down lift of Moving down lift of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Open cassette of Opening cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok

continues Postscan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 7

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 15


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

Rotation position is Test connections of


Get rotation position
unknown rotation module
1 or 2 Initialization of rotation
Initialize rotation module module failed
Test connections of Ok
cassette module x
Turning cassette
module x to input

Ok
Close opener of Could not close cassette
cassette module x of cassette module x

Ok
Unclamp clamper of Could not unclamp
cassette module x cassette of cassette
module x
Ok
Move up lift of Could not move up lift of
cassette module x cassette module x

Ok
Stop input rolls of Stopping input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Start input rolls of Starting input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Stop input rolls of Stopping input rolls of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Move down lift of Moving down lift of
cassette module x cassette module x failed
Ok
Unclamping cassette of Unclamping cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Clamp cassette of Clamping cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok
Open cassette of Opening cassette of
cassette module x cassette module x failed

Ok

VACUUM

Moving up postscan Start of moving up post


robot scan robot failed

Ok
Waiting for postscan Postscan robot did not
robot to reach upper reach upper position
position
Ok

Lay down the suction Laying down the suction


cups on the IP cups on the IP failed

continues Postscan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 7

Chapter 3.3 / 16 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Troubleshooting

Ok Timeout when testing X if


positioning lightbarrier of
motor M401 is clear
Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light
barrier of motor M401
Ok is clear

Wait for xxx seconds


Ok
Test if vacuum is
No vacuum is detected
detected for postscan
for postscan module
module

Ok

Switch off vacuum pump Switching off vacuum


pre/postscan module pump pre/postscan
module failed
Ok

Set valve of pre/post Setting valve of pre/post


scan module to vacuum scan module to vacuum
pump pump failed
Ok

Wait for xxx seconds

Move suction drive back Moving suction drive


to stripp off the IP back failed

Ok
Moving postscan robot
down to interrupt suction
X-POS lightbarrier
failed

Ok Timeout when testing X if


positioning lightbarrier of
motor M400 is interrupted
Error xxxx ocurred when
testing X positioning light
barrier of motor M400
Ok is interrupted

Move down robot of Starting to move down


postscan module robot of postscan module
failed
Ok

Waiting for robot of post Movement down of robot


scan module to finish of postscan module failed
the movement down

Ok

Move robot of postscan


module out to points

Ok

Test if left points light Left points lightbarrier of


barrier of postscan is postscan module is
open closed
Ok

Test if right points light


barrier of postscan is
open

continues Postscan Transport Unit – Checkpoint 7

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.3 / 17


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting DD+DIS002.04E

Ok

Move postscan robot


from points position to
home position

Ok

Move suction cups and Moving home of suction


sled of postscan module cups and slide of post
home scan module failed
Ok

Test connections of
cassette module x

Close opener of Could not close cassette


cassette module x of cassette module x

Ok
Unclamp clamper of Could not unclamp
cassette module x cassette of cassette
module x
Ok
Move up lift of Could not move up lift of
cassette module x cassette module x

Ok
Test connections of
cassette module x

Could not move


Move belt of cassette
belt of cassette module x
module x to end position
to end position
Ok
Move belt of cassette Could not move belt of
module x to home cassette module x to
position home position

Chapter 3.3 / 18 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Codings, Fuses, LEDs

Chapter 3.4

List of Contents

1 Codings of the Stepper Motor Control Boards .....1

2 Fuses Overview .......................................................2

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.4 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Codings, Fuses, LEDs

1 Codings of the Stepper Motor Control Boards

GS IOB-SIN-5Step Boards:
CM+9.9499.8120.3

GS Designation Switch Settings


210 Cassette module 1 JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS210sn2.cdr

JL 2 JL2

1 8
LJGS210sn1.cdr

260 Cassette module 2 JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS260sn2.cdr

JL2 JL2

1 8
LJGS260sn1.cdr

610 5fold-St-Scan Board JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS610sn2.cdr

JL2 JL2

1 8
LJGS610sn1.cdr

GS IOB-SIN-Step Boards
CM+9.9499.8140.4

202 Rotation Board JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS202.cdr

412 Postsc-Suct Board JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS412.cdr

418 Post-Sled Board JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS418.cdr

428 Pre-Suction Board JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS428.cdr

434 Prescan-Sled JL1 JL1

Board 1 8
LJGS434.cdr

510 Inbuff-Belt Board JL1 JL1

1 8
JLGS510.cdr

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.4 / 1


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Codings, Fuses, LEDs DD+DIS002.04E

GS Designation Switch Settings


532 Inbuff-Door Board JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS532.cdr

552 Outbuff-Push Board Jl1 JL1

1 8
LJGS552.cdr

556 Outbuff-Roll Board JL1 JL1

1 8
LJGS556.cdr

2 Fuses Overview

Board Fuse Quality protects

GS100 MS-Board SI 1 T 2.5A GS210, 5 fold stepper motor board


cass unit 1
SI 2 T 2.5A GS260, 5 fold stepper motor board
cass unit 2
SI 3 T 2.5A GS610, 5 fold stepper motor board
scan unit
SI 4 T 1A GS510 Input Buffer Belt board
SI 5 T 1A GS532 Input Buffer Door board
SI 6 T 1A GS556 Output Buffer Roller board
SI 7 T 1A GS552 Output Buffer Push board
SI 8 T 1A GS202 Rotation board
SI 9 T 1A GS418 Postscan Sled board
SI 10 T 1A GS412 Postscan Suction board
SI 11 T 2.5A* GS434 Prescan Sled board
SI 12 T 1A GS428 Prescan Suction board
SI 13 T 2.5A +24 V devices
* Fuse quality was changed from T 1A to T 2.5A because of too high
current load.

All fuses are slowblow fuses.

Chapter 3.4 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

Chapter 3.5

List of Contents

1 Safety Note .............................................................1

2 Replacements at the Erasure Unit........................1


2.1 Removing the Erasure Unit................................................ 1
2.2 Replacement of the Lamps ................................................ 2
2.3 Remounting the Erasure Unit ............................................ 2

3 Replacement of the Erasure Unit Fan ..................3

4 Replacements at the Transport Units ..................4


4.1 Replacing the Vacuum Pump ............................................ 4
4.2 Replacing the Transport Units (Pre- and Postscan) ........ 6
4.3 Replacing the Stepper Motor Boards of the Robot.......... 7

5 Replacements at the Scan Unit ............................8


5.1 Sliding out the Scan Unit ................................................... 8
5.2 Replacing the Photomultiplier Tube (PMT)....................... 8
5.3 Replacing the 5fold Stepper Motor Board
at the Scan Unit..................................................................10
5.4 Replacing the Optic Module..............................................11
5.5 Replacing the Scan Unit completely ................................16

6 Replacement of the Cassette Unit......................19


6.1 Preparations.......................................................................19
6.2 Removing Cassette Module 2 from the Digitizer.............21
6.3 Removing Cassette Module 1 from the Digitizer.............23
6.4 Re-installing the Cassette Unit .........................................24

7 cPCI-Rack .............................................................25
7.1 Replacing a defective Hard Disk (HDD) ...........................25
7.2 Exchange of the Hard Disk / Procedure to
install ACP_3101 on a virgin Hard Disk ...........................28

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

1 Safety Note

Switch off the digitizer before performing any service interventions at the
digitizer.

2 Replacements at the Erasure Unit


2.1 Removing the Erasure Unit
(1) Press down the clamping
plate on top of the erasure
unit.

Figure 1

(2) Pull out the erasure unit to


the stop.

Figure 2

(3) Take the erasure unit with


one hand and press down
the other clamping plate
on the top with the other
hand and pull it out.

(4) Lay down the unit on a


save and stable place.

Figure 3

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 1


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

2.2 Replacement of the Lamps

(5) Open the two latches


beside the glass.

Figure 4

(6) Swing up the glass


covering of the lamps.

(7) Pull the lamps which


needs to be replaced
carefully out of the
sockets.

The glass bulbs of the new


lamps must be clean. Use a
soft cloth, do not touch with
bare fingers.

(8) Insert the new lamps


carefully in the sockets
and push them to stop
position.
Figure 5

2.3 Remounting the Erasure Unit


(9) Follow the steps in reverse
order.

(10) Take care that the


clamping plate locks into
place by moving the
erasure unit back into the
digitizer.

Chapter 3.5 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

3 Replacement of the Erasure Unit Fan

(1) Unscrew the three screws


with a socket wrench
(7mm), (see circles).

Do not unscrew the screw in


the left upper position (see
arrow)! It is secured by
lacquer.

Figure 6

(2) Take out the fan carefully


and unplug the cable.

Figure 7

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 3


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

4 Replacements at the Transport Units

4.1 Replacing the Vacuum Pump

For replacing the vacuum pump of the IP transport unit – postscan, it is


necessary to take the complete frame out of the digitizer.

(1) Open the white plastic


clamp.

Figure 8

(2) Unplug the black plug.

Figure 9

Chapter 3.5 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(3) Pull off the vacuum hose.

Figure 10

(4) Unscrew the three


mounting screws (see
circles).

Figure 11

(5) Remove the vacuum unit.

Figure 12

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 5


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

4.2 Replacing the Transport Units (Pre- and Postscan)

(1) Unplug both plugs.

Figure 13

(2) Pull out the transport unit.

Figure 14

By repositioning the transport unit take care of the guiding bar on the bottom
of the digitizer.

Chapter 3.5 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

4.3 Replacing the Stepper Motor Boards of the Robot

(1) Remove the IP-transport


unit from the machine.

(2) Move the robot manually


to the top of the frame.
(3) Unscrew the covering
plate with a socket wrench
(5,5mm).

Figure 15

(4) Swing up the covering


plate.

Figure 16

(5) Unplug the cables of the


board.

(6) Press the black plastic


clamp carefully and lift the
board off the four pins.

Figure 17

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 7


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

5 Replacements at the Scan Unit

5.1 Sliding out the Scan Unit

Check that the feet rest on the


floor. Otherwise it is possible,
that the digitizer tilts when you
slide out the scan unit!

(1) Unlock the scan unit by


loosening two screws (1) -
only half a turn. Scan Unit

Figure 18

5.2 Replacing the Photomultiplier Tube (PMT)


(1) Pull out the scan unit to its
stop.

(2) Unplug the PMT (see


arrow).

Figure 19

(3) Turn the bayonet coupling


with strong pressure
counterclockwise until it is
unlatched.

Figure 20

Chapter 3.5 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(4) Take out the PMT


upwards.

Figure 21

Putting the new Photomultiplier in Operation


• Switch on the Digitizer
• Install the mfa / mfb parameters from the enclosed floppy disk via the
Service Menu at the user terminal
• Select <5 INSTALL from floppy>
<3 PMT settings (mfa/mfb)>
The system requests:
- to compare the S/N on the photomultiplier and the S/N stored on the
floppy disk. After confirmation the parameters are loaded.
The serial number of the exchange part is automatically entered in the info counter file
under "HW Replacement history" together with date and counter stamp.
- to update the backup.
• Check the image quality with test sheet and flatfield exposures, see
chapter 3.6 / 3.1 Possible Reasons for a Calibration
• Calibrate all formats, see chapter 3.6.
• Update the backup to save the calibration data.
• Select <3 Save on floppy>
<2 Machine specific data>
• Follow the on-line instructions.
• Enter the S/N number of the Digitizer on the label of the photomultiplier
floppy disk.

The PM HT-power supply can be changed independently. No parameter


download or further adjustments are necessary!

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 9


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

5.3 Replacing the 5fold Stepper Motor Board at the Scan Unit
(1) Pull out the scan unit to its
stop.

(2) Press the plastic clips of


the black covering plate a
little inside and take away
the covering.

(3) Unplug cables and lift the


board off the studs.

Figure 22

Chapter 3.5 / 10 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

5.4 Replacing the Optic Module

5.4.1 Safety Note

Make sure that the digitizer is switched off, before you remove the optic
module.

There are no serviceable


parts inside the optic module.

Do not open sealed parts of


the module.

Figure 23

5.4.2 Removing the Optic Module

Top view on the completely


installed optic module.

Figure 24

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 11


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

(1) Unplug activation plug of


the optic module (Sub-D
plug, 25 pins).

Locking clips
prevent the plug from working
loose.

Figure 25

(2) Loosen quick action


closure 1 and snap lock 2
of the holder of the 5fold
stepper motor board.

Figure 26

(3) Turn up the holder to its


stop.

Figure 27

Chapter 3.5 / 12 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(4) Unplug the polygon plug


(the connection is
unmistakable).

Figure 28

(5) Undo the shielding clamp,


(5,5 mm socket wrench).

Figure 29

(6) Undo the four fastening


screws (1-4) of the optic
module (5 mm Allen key).

Figure 30

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 13


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

(7) Lift up the optic module


cautiously and remove it
from the scan unit.

5.4.3 Installing the Optic Module

(1) When inserting the new


optic module, make sure
that both centering pins
(1-2) have engaged before
you tighten the screws.

Figure 31

(2) Re-install the optic module


in reverse order as
described above.

(3) An adjustment of
BOL/BOS settings and a
shading calibration must
be done after installation
(see chapter 3.6).

Putting the new Optic Module in Operation


• Switch on the Digitizer
• Install the optics specific data from the enclosed floppy disk via the
Service Menu at the user terminal
• Select <5 INSTALL from floppy>
<4 Optics parameters>
The system requests:
- to compare the S/N on the optic module and the S/N stored on the
floppy disk. After confirmation the parameters are loaded.
The serial number of the exchange part is automatically entered in the info counter file
under "HW Replacement history" together with date and counter stamp.
- to update the backup.
• Make an IP center calibration, see chapter 3.6 BOL/BOS adjustment.
• Calibrate all formats, see chapter 3.6 / 3.1 Possible Reasons for a
Calibration.

Chapter 3.5 / 14 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

• Check the image quality with test sheet and flatfield exposures, see
chapter 3.6.
• Update the backup to save the calibration data.
• Select <3 Save on floppy>
<2 Machine specific data>
• Follow the on-line instructions.
• Enter the S/N number of the Digitizer on the label of the photomultiplier
floppy disk.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 15


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

5.5 Replacing the Scan Unit completely

Therefore slide out the scan unit (see 5.1) and remove first this modules and
parts as described before:
• Photomultiplier Tube (PMT) (see 5.2)
• 5fold stepper motor board at Scan Unit (see 5.3)
• Optic Module (see 5.4)

5.5.1 Removing the Energy Chain

(1) Open all cable clamps

Figure 32

(2) Detach energy chain from


metal plate by pressing the
two plastic clips towards the
center

Figure 33
(3) Take out all cables of the
clamps
(4) All connections are
disconnected now and the
scan unit can be moved out
of the digitizer completely

Chapter 3.5 / 16 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

5.5.2 Removing the Scan Unit completely from the Digitizer

In order to remove the scan unit safely, use the ramp which has come with
the digitizer.

514601ei.cdr

1. The ramp for the scan unit is hidden behind the left side panel.
2. It is needed to remove the scan unit from the digitizer.
• Hook the ramp into the gaps between the two feet of the digitizer.
• Let the scan unit slide onto the ramp and then smoothly to the floor.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 17


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

5.5.3 Installing a new Scan Unit

(1) Unpack the new scan unit as


described in enclosed
Installation Instructions

(2) For sending back the old


scan unit use the packing of
the new one and follow the
unpacking instructions in
reverse order

Mind to fill out the Defect Label in a correct and detailed way for the old
scan module!

(3) Install the new scan unit (see


delivery condition in figure
beside)

Figure 34
(4) Slide back the scan unit onto
the ramp and into the
digitizer.

(5) Remove the ramp.

(6) Install at the scan unit in


reverse order
the energy chain,
the optic module,
the 5fold stepper motor board
and the PMT.

(7) An adjustment of BOL/BOS


settings and a shading
calibration must be done after
installation (see chapter 3.6
of service documentation).

Chapter 3.5 / 18 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

6 Replacement of the Cassette Unit

6.1 Preparations

(1) Open the doors of the


Digitizer. Cassette Unit

514635AA.CDR
Figure 35

(2) Turn cassette unit by


180° and loosen two
grounding cables 1
(7mm socket wrench) 1
(3) Turn cassette unit by
180° again.

Figure 36

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 19


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

(4) Open quick action


closure 2.

Figure 37

Chapter 3.5 / 20 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

6.2 Removing Cassette Module 2 from the Digitizer

(1) Pull cassette module 2


cautiously out of the
machine 3.

Figure 38

Overview: Cassette
module 2 with
complete cabling.

Figure 39

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 21


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

(2) Unclip cable supports 4


(3) Unplug power supply
cable 5 4
(4) Unplug data cable 6

Figure 40

(5) Lift cassette module 2


cautiously until it 7
disengages from the
hinges 7.
(6) Put cassette module 2
aside.
Mind a solid stand of the
module.

Figure 41

Chapter 3.5 / 22 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

6.3 Removing Cassette Module 1 from the Digitizer

(1) Turn cassette module 1


by 90°
(2) Unplug power supply 8
cable at the top of the
module 8.

Figure 42

(3) Unplug data cable 9.

Figure 43

(4) Loosen two screws 10 at 11


the mounting of the
energy chain 11 (7 mm
socket wrench). 10

Take care that the


screws cannot fall into the
digitizer.

Figure 44

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 23


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

(5) Push the mount of the


energy chain upwards 11
until the pins have left the 11
holes 12.

12

Figure 45

(6) Lift and cant cassette


module 1 a little until the
bolts of the rotation unit
are free 13.
(7) Put cassette module 1
aside.
Mind a solid stand of the
module.
13

Figure 46

6.4 Re-installing the Cassette Unit

Re-install the cassette unit in


reverse order as described
above.

Chapter 3.5 / 24 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

7 cPCI-Rack

7.1 Replacing a defective Hard Disk (HDD)

7.1.1 Removal of the old Hard Disk

Switch off the digitizer and disconnect the machine from the mains.
Safety instructions for electronical parts see Chapter 3.1

In order to avoid any damage at the storage board, replace the HDD very
cautiously.

(1) Open the doors. The


cPCI-rack with the
storage board 1 is placed
in the frame of the left
door.
1

Figure 47

(2) Remove the storage


board by loosen the four
Phillips screws (black
circles).

Figure 48

These are captive screws. They cannot be removed completely.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 25


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

(3) Pull out the storage board


cautiously.

Figure 49

Disconnect the electric


connections: 5

(4) Loosen the two terminal 7


rails 3. 3
(5) Disconnect the ribbon
cables 4 and 5 from
floppy disk drive 7 and 4 6
hard disk 6. 1
(6) Disconnect the
connector 2 of the
2 8
5 V power supply.

Figure 50
1 Storage board
2 Connector
3 Terminal rail
4 Ribbon cable for hard disk
5 Ribbon cable for floppy disk
6 Hard disk
7 Floppy disk drive
8 Connector

(7) Figure 51 shows the


storage board with
inserted hard disk.

Figure 51

Chapter 3.5 / 26 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

(8) Loosen four round-head


screws at the rear of the
storage board (black
circle) to separate the
hard disk from storage
board.

Figure 52

Hold the hard disk firmly in one hand (see Figure 52), while you remove the
four round-head screws with a mid-size screw driver.

(9) Disconnect the connector


of the 5 V power supply
from the hard disk.

(10) Remove the hard disk


from the storage board.

Figure 53

7.1.2 Installation of the new Hard Disk


To install the new hard disk follow the instructions in reverse order.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 27


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures DD+DIS002.04E

7.2 Exchange of the Hard Disk / Procedure to install ACP_3101 on a


virgin Hard Disk

Usage of floppies "Hard disk formatter" and "Portex Installer 1 of 2":


• For Sw installation on a virgin hard disk
(including formatting of the hard disk)
- insert HD Formatter floppy (= Portex Installer
1/2 plus hard disk formatting)
- insert Portex Installer 2/2
• For upgrading Portex
- insert Portex Installer 1/2
- insert Portex Installer 2/2

• Take the Hard disk formatter floppy of ACP_3101 and insert it into the
floppy disk drive of the digitizer.
• Disconnect the digitizer from the network (since a default IP-Address &
hostname is configured)
• Connect a PC with terminal program or a Terminal to service RS232 port
• Press the Reset button on Ariel-CPU or turn power off/on of the digitizer
• Confirm partitioning/formatting of the hard disk with ‘y’.
• Wait until you get the final message on a terminal connected to the
service RS232 port or wait until control LED of floppy disk drive is off.

• Insert the floppy ACP_3101 Portex Installer 2/2 into the disk drive of
the digitizer
• Press the Reset on Ariel-CPU or turn Power Off/On of the digitizer
• Wait until you get the final message on a terminal connected to the
service RS232 port or wait until control LED of floppy disk drive is off.
• Remove floppy (don't insert any other floppy)
• Press the Reset on CPU-Board or turn Power Off/On the digitizer
• Wait until you get the final message on a Terminal connected to the
service RS232 port, or wait approximately 2 minutes.

• Insert the floppy ACP_3101 Release Disk 1/3 into the disk drive of the
digitizer
• Press the Reset button on Ariel-CPU or turn power off/on of the digitizer
• Wait until you get the final message on a terminal connected to the
service RS232 port, or wait until control LED of floppy disk drive is off.
• Proceed the same way with the ACP_3101 Release Disk 2/3 and 3/3

• Press the Reset button on Ariel-CPU or turn power off/on of the digitizer
and wait until system is up

Chapter 3.5 / 28 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Replacements / Repair Procedures

In case of an already installed device (e.g. exchange of hard disk), restore


the device specific parameters by following the guidelines of the Service
Menu Topic Install from floppy, Machine specific data.
Without restoring the device specific parameters, an operation is not
possible.

Then parse the CPF-File using the guidelines of the Service Menu Topic
Install from floppy, CPF-File, displayed on the user interface.

• Reconnect CR 75.0 to the network.

• If the previous software had a lower version than ACP_1201, then close
the machine doors and scan or erase one cassette.
This cassette needs not be exposed.
For an upgrade of a lower version than ACP_1201 to ACP_3101 a new IP
center calibration is necessary, because of a changed IP stop position before
start of scan. (Calibration procedure, see chapter 3.6 of your Technical
Documentation)

• Make a new backup (therefore you find an empty floppy within the set of
delivered floppies)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.5 / 29


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

Chapter 3.6

List of Contents

1 Overview of possible Adjustments ........................1

2 Mechanical Adjustments.........................................2
2.1 Adjustment of Rotation Unit ................................................ 2
2.2 Adjustment of the Guiding Plate in Postscan Unit ............ 7
2.3 Adjustment of Suction Cups...............................................10
2.4 Adjustment Cycle of Transport Robot ...............................11

3 Optical Adjustments..............................................14
3.1 Possible Reasons for a Calibration....................................14
3.2 Preparation of Calibration Procedures ..............................15
3.3 IP-Center Calibration (BOL/BOS Adjustment) ...................17
3.4 Shading Calibration .............................................................18

4 Checking the Image Quality..................................22

5 Backup....................................................................22

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

1 Overview of possible Adjustments

Adjustments

mechanical optical
see 2 see 3

Rotation Unit
see 2.1 IP Center
Calibration
see 3.1
Guiding Plate
see 2.2
Shading
Calibration
Suction Cups see 3.2
see 2.3

Adjustment Cycle
see 2.4

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 1


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

2 Mechanical Adjustments

2.1 Adjustment of Rotation Unit

2.1.1 General
For orientation the two modules of the Cassette Unit are marked with stickers
“Module 1” and “Module 2” on the front side. Adjustment needs to be done if
the light barrier flag is misadjusted and as a result the suction cups do not
suck the IP properly.

Carry out this adjustment only if it is sure that the rotation unit is misadjusted,
see check at 2.1.3. As normally the light barrier flag is preadjusted in
production and secured by a positioning bracket.

The rotation unit turns around very fast! Watch your head and hands!

Chapter 3.6 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

Overview of the Procedure

Enter Service Menu

to the right side


(see 2.1.2)

Too far left Check Position Too far right


visually (see 2.1.3)

OK

Turn Cassette Module 2 Turn Cassette Module 2


to the right side to the right side
(see 2.1.2) (see 2.1.2)

Move flag on Cassette Move flag on Cassette


Module 2 to the left Module 2 to the right
side (see 2.1.4) side (see 2.1.4)

Turn Cassette Module 2


to the right side
(see 2.1.2)

Too far left Check Position Too far right


visually (see 2.1.3)

OK

Turn Cassette Module 1 Turn Cassette Module 1


to the right side to the right side
(see 2.1.2) (see 2.1.2)

Move flag on Cassette Move flag on Cassette


Module 1 to the left Module 1 to the right
side (see 2.1.4)

Perform an Adjustment Cycle


(see 2.1.5)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 3


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

2.1.2 Turn Cassette Module 1 / 2 to the right side

(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
<7 DIAGNOSTICS>

(3) Select
<2 Mechanical modules>

(4) Select 1 Input buffer & R/F tag Service menu


2 Cassette module 1 Mech.modules
<2 Cassette module 1> 3 Cassette module 2
resp. 4 Rotation Unit : cancel
5 Prescan transp. + vac. : ok
<3 Cassette module 2> 6 Scanner
The selected cassette module will 7 Postscan transport
be moved in input position.
514636cc.cdr

(5) Press confirm key

(6) Check and press the confirm key Check that nothing blocks Service menu
DIAGNOSTICS
rotation of cassette
modules (cassettes, pre- Cassette mod.
/postscan transport...) : ok
: exit

514536ba.cdr

(7) Press confirm key Press to turn cassette Service menu


DIAGNOSTICS
module 2 to right side
(input). Takes max. 75 s Cassette mod.
: ok
: exit

514536bb.cdr

(8) Press right arrow key → to exit Note: Rotation motor is Service menu
currentless now. Thus you DIAGNOSTICS
can turn cassette modules Cassette mod.
by hand and open them to : ok
watch mechanics if : exit
necessary.

514536bc.cdr

Chapter 3.6 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

(9) Press confirm key Service menu


DIAGNOSTICS
Cassette mod.
Result: Test terminated : ok

514536bd.cdr

(10) Check if an error occurred

2.1.3 Check Position visually


Rough check of ideal
position
1. Middle axis of the two
cassette modules (1) and
hole in the frame (2) are
exactly on one line (3)
(see Figure 1).

1
Cassette Unit 2
3

514535AA.CDR

Figure 1

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 5


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

Fine check of ideal position Distance 1 = Distance 2


Distance 1 = Distance 2 if flag 2
1
is adjusted correctly (see
Figure 2).

5145_109.02_aa.CDR

Figure 2

2.1.4 Move flag on Cassette Module 1 / 2 to left / right side


The movement of the flag is approximately equal to the difference of the
middle axis of the cassette modules to the hole in the frame (e.g. if cassette
module 1 is 2 mm too far left, move the flag on cassette module 2 for 2 mm to
the left side).

(1) Unscrew the two screws of


the positioning bracket.
(2) Loosen the two screws of
the light barrier flag and
move it in corresponding
direction.
(3) Tighten the screws.
(4) Screw on positioning
bracket.

Figure 3

2.1.5 Perform Adjustment Cycle

Make sure that the position of both cassette modules are correct before you
perform an Adjustment Cyle (see 2.4 of this Chapter).

Chapter 3.6 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

2.2 Adjustment of the Guiding Plate in Postscan Unit

2.2.1 General
If a guiding plate is not in perfect
position the IP may be misguided. The
robot carriage cannot insert the IP in
the cassette correctly.

Error message 22D60: “Cassette jam


occurred during output in output buffer”

Figure 4

1 2 3
Guiding plate too far left: Guiding plate too far right: Guiding plate correct:
IP will miss the cassette IP will miss the cassette IP will enter the cassette

Cassette

IP

Guiding plate

Figure 5

2.2.2 Adjustment Procedure


(1) Take the transport unit out of the
digitizer

(2) Loosen the screws that hold the


guiding plate

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 7


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

(3) Put the suction cups of the robot


carriage in upward position

(4) Move the robot carriage manually


upwards to the top

Figure 6
(5) During the last 10 cm of the
upward movement the space
between the white plastic
gearwheel and the guiding plate
has to be examined

(6) While the robot carriage is being


moved to the very top the plastic
gear wheel comes very close to the
guiding plate

Chapter 3.6 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

(7) When the plastic gear wheel


reaches the closest point to the
guiding plate, the space should not 1-2 mm
exceed 1 or 2 mm

Figure 7
(8) If the guiding plate touches the
plastic gear wheel, touch the
bottom ledge of the guiding plate
and move the guiding plate away
from the plastic gear wheel

(9) If the space between guiding plate


and plastic gear wheel is more than
2 mm, touch the bottom ledge of
the guiding plate and move the
guiding plate towards the plastic
gear wheel

(10) When the perfect space is reached


(1 or 2 mm), fix one screw at the
front of the ledge and check the
distance again

(11) If the space is different to 1 or 2


mm, readjust the guiding plate

(12) Repeat readjustment until the


screws are fixed and the perfect
space is reached

(13) Move the IP transport unit back in


its work position

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 9


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

2.3 Adjustment of Suction Cups


Problems with insufficient vacuum at the image plate can be caused by non
parallel suction cups. To check if the suction cups are parallel, work out the
following steps:

(1) Take the transport unit out of the


digitizer

(2) The robot needs to be in lowest


position at the transport unit and in
horizontal alignment.

(3) Check if the rib of the suction cup


holder of the input robot
corresponds with the upper recess
of the suction arm

Figure 8

(4) Check if the rib of the suction cup


holder of the output robot
corresponds with the lower recess
of the suction arm

Figure 9

Chapter 3.6 / 10 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

2.4 Adjustment Cycle of Transport Robot


An adjustment cycle is necessary to define the position of the suction cups
and the return position of the IP.

Before an adjustment cycle is carried out, make sure that both cassette
modules of the rotation unit are adjusted correctly (see 2.1 of this Chapter).

(Shown display menus are based on Software Version ACP_1104 and may
vary with further Software updates.)

(1) Enter the Service menu


(2) Select
<2 MAINTENANCE>

(3) Select 1 SAL inspection Service menu


2 Calibration Maintenance
<3 Test and adjust cycle> 3 Test and adjust cycle
4 Confirm maintenance : cancel
5 Confirm repair : ok
6 Clear infocounter
7 Confirm modification
8 Confirm installation
514566dd.cdr

(4) Select
<5 Adjustment cycle>

(5) Start the adjustment cycle by


inserting a large format ADC
Cassette

(6) The vertical adjustment is done by


pressing the arrow keys at the
keypad of the digitizer

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 11


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

2 mm
(7) Check the horizontal position of the ADC Cassette
IP inside the Cassette by moving
the IP carefully by hand while the
suction cups are still holding the IP. Image Plate

The ideal position of the IP is in the


middle of the Cassette or with a

2 mm
tendency to the right side of the
Cassette (towards the front of the
digitizer). Tolerance is 2 mm
Figure 10

(8) If the IP is not in the right position


you have to move the IP stop plate:

• Mark the start position on plate and


screw with a vertical line with a
permanent marker.
• Movement of the plate is equivalent
to the change in position of the IP
in the Cassette.

Figure 11

(9) Select
<2 MAINTENANCE>

(10) Select 1 SAL inspection Service menu


2 Calibration Maintenance
<3 Test and adjust cycle> 3 Test and adjust cycle
4 Confirm maintenance : cancel
5 Confirm repair : ok
6 Clear infocounter
7 Confirm modification
8 Confirm installation
514566dd.cdr

(11) Select 1 Scan with transmission Service menu


<4 Handling Cycle> 2 Scan cycle - no image Maintenance
3 Scan - no era, no img Test cycle
4 Handling Cycle : cancel
5 Adjustment cycle : ok

514666ca.cdr

(12) Carry out two cycles without


changing the adjustment, because
the second time the other Cassette
Module is picking up the IP.

Chapter 3.6 / 12 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

(13) Check the position of the IP in the


cassette.
(14) If the position is ok, repeat the
procedure <Handling Cycle>
three times with a cassette format
35 x 43 cm and three times with 18
x 24 cm.

If the position is not ok, you have


to find a compromise for both units.
Move the stop plate corresponding
to the IP position but remember, it
will also affect the other unit. Redo
(12) to (16) until the position is for
both units ok (see above).

(15) Create a new backup floppy to


save the settings for the vertical
adjustment.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 13


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

3 Optical Adjustments

3.1 Possible Reasons for a Calibration

Symptom Defect Solution


Exchange of the optic New optic module needs First carry out an IP
module to be adapted to the center calibration and
digitizer afterwards a shading
calibration
Exchange of the BOS Adjustment of the new First carry out an IP
sensor (GS626/GS628) sensor needs to be center calibration and
adapted to the digitizer afterwards a shading
calibration
Exchange of the photo No power supply • Check connections
multiplier
New photomultiplier • Carry out a shading
needs to be adapted to calibration
the digitizer
Exchange of the scan New scan unit can be Check image quality
unit misadjusted with a flat field:
• If the quality is ok,
you do not have to
carry out any
adjustment
• If the image has
stripes in slow-scan
direction, first carry
out an IP center
calibration and
afterwards a shading
calibration

Chapter 3.6 / 14 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

Symptom Defect Solution


Inhomogeneous images Scan area can be dusty • Check if there is
with lines in slow-scan dust in the scan area
direction and clean it with the
scan brush if
necessary
Relation between • Check the image
correction factor and quality again and if it
glass fiber can be is still
different inhomogeneous,
carry out a
calibration
Inhomogeneous images X-ray device causes Cannot be solved by an
with two-dimensional inhomogeneities adjustment of the
errors digitizer!

3.2 Preparation of Calibration Procedures

The GenRad X-Ray source can be used for both, the GenRad calibrations
and the Mammo calibration.

For each calibration procedure you need a copper filter and an erased image
plate, which is dry, clean and immaculate. The cassette with the image plate
inside should not be identified. If it is identified, an additional confirmation on
the display is needed.
For the IP center calibration an exposed cassette with a size smaller than 35
x 43 cm is needed.
For the shading calibration three different steps are necessary:
a) GenRad Calibration High Resolution
an exposed cassette only with 35 x 43 cm size format must be used (for
detecting the borders of the IP).
b) GenRad Calibration Standard Resolution*
an exposed cassette only with 35 x 43 cm size format must be used (for
detecting the borders of the IP).
c) Mammo Calibration
an exposed cassette with 35 x 43 cm size format can be used, but it is
also possible to use a min. 24 x 30 cm cassette (Mammo cassette also
possible).

* The Standard Resolution calibration is also scanned in HiRes mode, only the
applied pixel time is different.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 15


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

3.2.1 Exposure of the Cassette


The exposure of the cassette is equal for all calibrations:
The cassette must be exposed with 20 µGy in total. To achieve a good
evenness of the exposure it is recommended to expose two times with 10 µGy
by turning the cassette 180° between the first and the second exposure.

Dose of 10 µGy can be


typically achieved with:

• 7.5 mAs
• 75 kV
• 1.3 m distance
• large focus
• 1.5 mm copper filter

Use a dosimeter to OK not OK


measure the dose! Figure 12

Note:
The entire image plate
must be fully exposed!
No collimation is needed!

Figure 13

Chapter 3.6 / 16 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

3.3 IP-Center Calibration (BOL/BOS Adjustment)


Close the doors of the digitizer during calibration.

3.3.1 Start IP Center Calibration


(1) Enter the Service menu
(2) Select
<2 MAINTENANCE>

(3) Select
<2 Calibration>

(4) Select
<2 IP center calibration>

(5) Parameters are shown on the


display

(6) Insert small exposed cassette,


select format and the calibration
starts automatically

(7) Follow the instructions on the


display

3.3.2 Possible Results of the IP Center Calibration

• Calibration successful
• Failure – underexposed!
In this case, increase exposure dose and redo IP center calibration.
• Failure – overexposed!
In this case, decrease exposure dose and redo IP center calibration.
• Calibration failed!
• Big IP used!
In this case, use a format with a width smaller than 35 cm.
• No flat field?!
• Damaged IP edges?!
• Begin of IP not found!
• IP skewed!
• IP-center out of tolerance

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 17


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

3.4 Shading Calibration


Close doors of the digitizer during calibration.

3.4.1 Start Shading Calibration Procedure


(1) Enter the Service menu

(2) Select
<2 MAINTENANCE>

(3) Select
<2 Calibration>

(4) Select
<1 Shading Calibration>

(5) Parameters are shown on the


display

(6) Insert exposed cassette, select


format and the calibration starts
automatically

(7) Follow the instructions on the


display

3.4.2 Possible Results of the Shading Calibration


The Scan Average Level (SAL) is the digital value (gray scale) of a pixel and is
one of the criteria for a successful calibration. The values during a calibration
must be in a range of approximately 730 to 4095 with a 12 bit adjustment.

3.4.2.1 Successful Calibration


(1) Info message pops up and
calibration line is stored
automatically

Chapter 3.6 / 18 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

(2) Redo the calibration for the other


formats

3.4.2.2 Underexposed (SAL12bit < 730)


(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Increase the exposure dose and


redo the calibration

(3) If it is still underexposed check


the following digitizer settings:
• Correct installation of the
photomultiplier floppy after a
replacement
• Correct installation of the backup
floppy after software installation
with formatting boot floppy
• Check content of the nveSCN0
file where the parameters are
included. It must contain mfa and
mfb values! If these values are
equal to default (mfa 2.9 and mfb
0.27) it can be, that the correct
values have been lost at a service
interaction.

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 19


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

3.4.3 Overexposed (SAL12bit > 4094)


(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Reduce the exposure dose and


redo the calibration

(3) If it is still overexposed check the


following digitizer settings:
• Correct installation of the
photomultiplier floppy after a
replacement
• Correct installation of the backup
floppy after software installation
with formatting boot floppy
• Check content of the file where
the parameters are included. It
must contain mfa and mfb values!
If these values are equal to
default (mfa 2.9 and mfb 0.27) it
can be, that the correct values
have been lost at a service
interaction

Chapter 3.6 / 20 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS002.04E Adjustments and Calibration

3.4.3.1 Dust detected


(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Clean the fiber optics with the


built-in brush

(3) Check if the exposure was really


a flat field
(4) Check the image plate for
scratches in slow-scan direction
(5) If none of these actions show
success, look at the calibration
curves with a browser and
analyze the flat field image at the
workstation and go on there.

3.4.3.2 Bad IP (too big deviations of the border)


(1) Failure message pops up
(2) Check if the exposure was really
a flat field
(3) Expose another image plate
which is dry, clean and
immaculate.
(4) Redo calibration

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.6 / 21


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibration DD+DIS002.04E

3.4.3.3 No flat field (dynamic range bigger than 1:2)


(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Check if the exposure was really


a flat field

(3) Make sure that the image plate


was exposed without collimation

(4) Check the image plate for


scratches in slow-scan direction
(5) Redo calibration

3.4.3.4 Skewing (warning)


(1) Failure message pops up

(2) Check if the exposure was really


a flat field

4 Checking the Image Quality


Check the image quality with flatfield exposures

5 Backup
• Update the backup to save the new machine specific data (calibration,
PD-factor).
• Select <3 Save on floppy>
<2 Machine specific data>
• Follow the on-line instructions.

Chapter 3.6 / 22 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS205.06E Software Releases and Patches

Chapter 3.8

List of Contents

1 Release Info for ACP_3403.................................................. 1


1.1 What is new in ACP_3403? ...................................................................1
1.2 Solved Bugs ...........................................................................................1
1.3 Open Bugs..............................................................................................2

2 Release Info for ACP_4005.................................................. 3


2.1 Changed Functionality ..........................................................................3
2.2 Solved Bugs ...........................................................................................3
2.3 Open Bugs..............................................................................................4

3 Release Info for ACP_4007.................................................. 5


3.1 Changed Functionality ..........................................................................5
3.2 Open Bugs..............................................................................................5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 16 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.8 / I
2006-07-07 Type 5146 Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
DD+DIS205.06E Software Releases and Patches

1 Release Info for ACP_3403

1.1 What is new in ACP_3403?

1.1.1 Changes in Customer Functionality

Extremity scanning in 50 µm mode is supported.

1.1.2 Changes in Service Functionality

1. Some invalid CPF files will be rejected and an error will be displayed.

2. Mammo Enabled flag will not be overwritten by a new CPF file.

3. Infocounter file correctly logs use of cassettes and formats in


dependency of scan resolution (.SR, .Mammo, .Extremity).

4. Tag reader timeout changed from 5 minutes to 30 seconds .

5. Sending test images for Extremity enabled


(Foldername in TIG0 Æ ‘extremity’,
Sending in Service Æ CHECKS Æ Send Testimage).

6. New Portex Version 2005.03

1.2 Solved Bugs

1. Complaint HQ_0409100003 resolved:


When entering several cassettes for erasure, the sequence was
interrupted after about three cassettes and the system switched back
to normal scan mode.

2. Mammo formats and extremity formats could be calibrated separately,


but generated calibration files with the same file name (previous one
was overwritten).
Now, there are separate Shading Calibration Files for Mammo
application and Extremity application.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 16 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.8 / 1
2006-07-07 Type 5146 Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches DD+DIS205.06E

3. Single Session Files can now be selected and stored on floppy without
tagging first.

4. PMT install floppy is correctly refused, if any parameter is out of range.


Scanner errors are displayed now.
5. Error descriptions have been corrected (galvoÆ polygon…).

1.3 Open Bugs

1. Infocounter
Under very special circumstances the infocounter contents can be lost
or might be scrambled in case of switching off the device during
operation.

2. Jitter measurement
Jitter measurement (EVA) delivers not yet the correct results.

3. Folders in status ‘error’


If 10 folders are in the status ‚error‘, these files have to be manually
erased via Key-Operator mode before the system accepts new
cassettes.

4. Invalid CPF files


Invalid CPF files are not always rejected. After configuration, there is
no hint that a reset is necessary to apply the changes.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.8 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 16
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5146 2006-07-07
Repair and Service
DD+DIS205.06E Software Releases and Patches

5. Additional error message shown in decimal mode


The operating system application error.ppc interprets a given error
number hexadecimal as well as decimal (while actually error numbers
are only used in hexadecimal way). This leads to a second (wrong)
error message, if a second error number exists that decimally
corresponds to the given error number.

Example:
rdt3_C:\> error 20759<ENTER>

The output shows first the "authentic" error and then the "wrong" error:
0x20759 = E_SCC_ATTACHICN,
Meaning : Attaching the SCC software to the ICN
component failed.
Reason : Version mismatch or ICN not started.
Cure : Check if software is installed correctly.

20759 = ERSCSI_RETRY, SCSI Target is busy, retry,


Reason : - Not found -
Meaning : - Not found (but try to understand the
identifier)-
Cure : - Not available -

2 Release Info for ACP_4005

2.1 Changed Functionality

The digitizer CR 85-X is supported additionally.

2.2 Solved Bugs

1. An internal configuration value (Upper Limit MFB) is corrected which


had been changed erroneously in software version ACP_3403.

2. The Mammo factor has been adapted.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 16 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.8 / 3
2006-07-07 Type 5146 Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches DD+DIS205.06E

2.3 Open Bugs

2.3.1 User Interface

1. The language for the Operator and Key Operator menus cannot be
changed since the necessary language files are not available.
This bug does not impact the digitizer operation.

2. The digitizer type shown in the Web interface is wrong.


This bug does not impact the correct functioning of the Web interface.

2.3.2 Image Processing

1. A barely recognizable density change in black regions of images may


occur. The cause is that the photomultiplier signal (SAL) for very low
signal levels does not follow the Gaussian distribution.
This bug is not significant for medical diagnostics.

2. In a special test case the error 20443 occurred:


"Pixel FIFO full condition detected. Pixels were lost."

2.3.3 Repair and Maintenance

1. If the installation of a hardware modification floppy disk is not


immediately followed by a digitizer reset then there are no modification
entries in the info counter.
Workaround: Reset the digitizer after the installation of each
hardware modification floppy disk.

2. After photomultiplier exchange the CR 85-X refuses scanning with the


message "Calibration is missing".
Workaround: Perform IP Center calibration and Shading calibration.

3. After installation of a new CPF file the application Mammo is disabled.


Workaround: Enable Mammo manually in the Service menu.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.8 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 16
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5146 2006-07-07
Repair and Service
DD+DIS205.06E Software Releases and Patches

3 Release Info for ACP_4007

3.1 Changed Functionality

Internal configuration values of the photomultiplier in CR 85-X are now


checked to be within the specified range.

3.2 Open Bugs

3.2.1 User Interface

1. The language for the Operator and Key Operator menus cannot be
changed since the necessary language files are not available.
This bug does not impact the digitizer operation.

2. The digitizer type shown in the Web interface is wrong.


This bug does not impact the correct functioning of the Web interface.

3.2.2 Image Processing

1. A barely recognizable density change in black regions of images may


occur. The cause is that the photomultiplier signal (SAL) for very low
signal levels does not follow the Gaussian distribution.
This bug is not significant for medical diagnostics.

2. In a special test case the error 20443 occurred:


"Pixel FIFO full condition detected. Pixels were lost."

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 16 CR 75.0 Chapter 3.8 / 5
2006-07-07 Type 5146 Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches DD+DIS205.06E

3.2.3 Repair and Maintenance

1. If the installation of a hardware modification floppy disk is not


immediately followed by a digitizer reset then there are no modification
entries in the info counter.
Workaround: Press the <Reset> switch at the cPCI rack after the
installation of each hardware modification floppy disk.

2. After installation of a new CPF file the application Mammo is disabled.


Workaround: Enable Mammo manually in the Service menu.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.8 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 16
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5146 2006-07-07
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

Chapter 4

List of Contents

A Identification Diagrams ................................................ 1

1 Units of the CR 75.0 Digitizer (Overview) ................... 1

2 Frame / Rotation Unit (Assembly No. 100) ................. 2

3 Power Unit (Assembly No. 100) ................................... 4

4 Cassette Module 1 (Assembly No. 200) ...................... 6

5 Cassette Module 2 (Assembly No. 200) ...................... 8

6 cPCI – Rack (Assembly No. 300) ............................... 10

7 IP – Transport Unit Prescan (Assembly 400) ........... 12

8 IP – Transport Unit Postscan (Assembly 400) ......... 14

9 Input Buffer (Assembly 500) ...................................... 16

10 Output Buffer (Assembly 500) ................................... 18

11 Operation Terminal (Assembly 500).......................... 20

12 Optic Module – Top View (Assembly 600) ................ 22

13 Optic Module – Bottom View (Assembly 600) .......... 24

14 Erasure Unit (Assembly 700) ..................................... 26

B Circuit Diagrams of CR 75.0 Digitizer ....................... 27

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / I


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

A Identification Diagrams

1 Units of the CR 75.0 Digitizer (Overview)

100

500

100

100 Frame / Rotation Unit


PowerUnit
200 Cassette Unit 1 /
Cassette Unit 2
500 300 cPCI Rack
400 IP Transport Units
300 Prescan / Postscan
500 Inputbuffer /
Outputbuffer
200 600 Optic Module
700 Erasure Unit
200
400
100
700

400

600

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 1


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

2 Frame / Rotation Unit (Assembly No. 100)

2.1 Diagram

MC101

GS204

GS314

ST319

1 8
M212

JL1

GS202
GS206

Chapter 4 / 2 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

2.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
100 GS202 ROTATION-BD Rotation unit stepper 2/C1–E1
motor control board
100 GS204 ROT-WORKPOS- Rotation unit workposition 2/F1
LS (light barrier)
100 GS206 ROTAT-O-POS-LS Rotation unit home- 2/F1
position (light barrier)
100 MC101 LINE-FILTER 2-phase line filter for 1/A6–B6
power supply
100 M212 ROTATION DRIVE Motor for rotation unit 2/B1
300 GS314 IOBUS-DISTRIB. I/O-BUS distributor board 3/G5–G6
(see pages 10/11)
300 ST319 ETHERNET Ethernet connector 3/H2
(see pages 10/11)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 3


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

3 Power Unit (Assembly No. 100)

3.1 Diagram

Si1 GS100
Si2
Si3
Si4
Si6
Si7
TR106 Si8
Si9
S103 Si10
Si11
M101 Si12

Si13

GS102
TR105
GS104

S102
TR104
TR103
TR102 514607af.cdr

TR101

Chapter 4 / 4 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

3.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Fuse Quality


viation (also used by
Diagnosis Mode)
100 GS100 M-S-BOARD SI 1 T 2.5A
SI 2 T 2.5A
SI 3 T 2.5A
SI 4 T 1A
SI 5 T 1A
SI 6 T 1A
SI 7 T 1A
SI 8 T 1A
SI 9 T 1A
SI 10 T 1A
SI 11 T 1A
SI 12 T 1A
SI 13 T 2.5A
ÆM-S_Board on circuit diagram page 1, coord.B/C1 – B/C4

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
Diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
100 TR101 Transformer Erasure Transformer Unit 1/F5
100 TR102 Transformer Erasure Transformer Unit 1/F4
100 TR103 Transformer Erasure Transformer Unit 1/F4
100 TR104 Transformer Erasure Transformer Unit 1/F3
100 TR105 Transformer Erasure Transformer Unit 1/F2
100 TR106 Transformer Erasure Transformer Unit 1/F2
100 GS102 ERASURE-CTRL- Erasure control board 1/E1–E6
BD
100 GS104 CURRENT-SENSE Current Sense Board for 1/H3–H4
Erasure Unit
100 M101 POWER-UNIT-FAN Power Unit Fan 1/D1
100 MC101 LINE FILTER 2-phase Line Filter 1/A6–B6
100 S102 INTERLOCK Safety switch 1/D6
100 S103 MAIN SWITCH Main Switch 1/C6

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 5


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

4 Cassette Module 1 (Assembly No. 200)

4.1 Diagram

8
JL1
GS210

JL2
1

1
GS220

GS230 GS216
GS214 M205

M202
M201
M203

M204

GS222

GS226
GS224

514607ak.cdr

GS228

Chapter 4 / 6 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

4.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
200 M201 CASS1-ROLLER- Cassette Module 1: Roller 2/B2–B3
MOT Motor
200 M202 CASS1-LIFT-MOT Cassette Module 1: Lift 2/C2–C3
Motor
200 M203 CASS1-CLAMP- Cassette Module 1: 2/D2–D3
MOT Clamp Motor
200 M204 CASS1-OPENER- Cassette Module 1: 2/B2–B3
MOT Opener Motor
200 M205 CASS1-BELT-MOT Cassette Module 1: Belt 2/D2–D3
Motor
200 GS210 5FOLD-ST-CASS1 Cassette Module 1: 5fold 2/B4–E5
stepper motor board
200 GS214 CASS1-LIFT-O-LS Cassette Module 1: Lift- 2/D6
homeposition (light
barrier)
200 GS216 CASS1-IN-DET-LS Cassette Module 1: 2/C6
(receiver) Cassette Detection (light
barrier)
200 GS220 CASS1-BELT-O-LS Cassette Module 1: Belt- 2/E6
homeposition (light
barrier)
200 GS222 CASS1-IN-DET-LS Cassette Module 1 2/B6–C6
(transmitter) Cassette Detection (light
barrier)
200 GS224 CASS1-CLAMP-O- Cassette Module 1: 2/D6
LS Clamp-homeposition
(light barrier)
200 GS226 CASS1-SWITCH Cassette Module 1: 2/B6
Cassette Stop Switch
200 GS228 CASS1-OPEN-O- Cassette Module 1: 2/B6
LS Open-homeposition (light
barrier)
200 GS230 CASS1-CLAMP-LS Cassette Module 1: 2/C6
Clamp-position (light
barrier)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 7


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

5 Cassette Module 2 (Assembly No. 200)

5.1 Diagram

8
JL1
GS260

JL2
1

1
GS270

GS280 GS266
GS265 M210

M207
M206
M208

M209

GS278

GS276
GS274

514607al.cdr

GS277

Chapter 4 / 8 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

5.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
200 M206 CASS2-ROLLER- Cassette Module 2: Roller 2/F2–F3
MOT Motor
200 M207 CASS2-LIFT-MOT Cassette Module 2: Lift 2/G2–G3
Motor
200 M208 CASS2-CLAMP- Cassette Module 2: 2/H2–H3
MOT Clamp Motor
200 M209 CASS2-OPEN-MOT Cassette Module 2: 2/F2–F3
Opener Motor
200 M210 CASS2-BELT-MOT Cassette Module 2: Belt 2/H2–H3
Motor
200 GS260 5FOLD-ST-CASS2 Cassette Module 2: 5fold 2/F4–H5
stepper motor board
200 GS265 CASS2-LIFT-O-LS Cassette Module 2: Lift- 2/H6
homeposition (light
barrier)
200 GS266 CASS2-IN-DET-LS Cassette Module 2: 2/G6
(receiver) Cassette Detection (light
barrier)
200 GS270 CASS2-BELT-O-LS Cassette Module 2: Belt- 2/H6
homeposition (light
barrier)
200 GS274 CASS2-CLAMP-O- Cassette Module 2: 2/H6
LS Clamp-homeposition
(light barrier)
200 GS276 CASS2-SWITCH Cassette Module 2: 2/F6
Cassette Stop Switch
200 GS277 CASS2-OPEN-O- Cassette Module 2: 2/F7
LS Open-homeposition (light
barrier)
200 GS278 CASS2-IN-DET-LS Cassette Module 2: 2/F6–G6
(transmitter) Cassette Detection (light
barrier)
200 GS280 CASS2-CLAMP-LS Cassette Module 2: 2/G6
Clamp-position (light
barrier)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 9


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

6 cPCI – Rack (Assembly No. 300)

6.1 Diagram

M701

M300

GS302
GS304

GS300
GS310

GS312 GS306

Chapter 4 / 10 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

6.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
300 M300 cPCI-RACK-FAN cPCI-Rack: Fan 3/C6
300 GS300 BACKPLANE cCPI-Rack: Backplane 3/D1–D6
300 GS302 HARDDISK cCPI-Rack: Harddisk 3/B1–B2
drive
300 GS304 FLOPPY cCPI-Rack: Floppy drive 3/B2
300 GS306 cPCI-POWER cCPI-Rack: Power unit 3/E6
300 GS310 SCAN-CTRL- Scan Master Board 3/E2–E4
MASTER
300 GS312 CPU-ARIEL CPU-Ariel 3/E1–E2
300 GS314 IOBUS-DISTRIB I/O-BUS distributor board 3/G5–G6
(see pages 2/3)
300 ST319 ETHERNET Ethernet connector 3/H2
(see pages 2/3)
700 M701 ERASURE-UNIT- Erasure Unit Fan 7/E2–F2
FAN
(see pages 26/27)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 11


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

7 IP – Transport Unit Prescan (Assembly 400)

7.1 Diagram

MG422

JL1 GS420
1

514607aj.cdr
GS434

GS432

M403 GS426
GS424 M402

GS428
1 JL1 8

Chapter 4 / 12 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

7.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
400 M402 PRE-SUCT-DRIVE Prescan suction motor 4/H3
400 M403 PRE-SLED-DRIVE Prescan robot motor 4/H2
400 MG422 SOL-VALE-PRE Solenoid valve - prescan 4/H5
400 GS420 PUMP-PRESC Vacuum pump - prescan 4/H4–H5
400 GS424 PRE-SUC-POS-LS Suction position – 4/E3–F3
prescan (light barrier)
400 GS426 PRESC-SUCT-O- Suction homeposition – 4/F3
LS prescan (light barrier)
400 GS428 PRE-SUCTION-BD Prescan suction board 4/G2–H2
400 GS430 PRE-SLEDPOS-LS Robot - workposition – 4/E2–F2
prescan (light barrier)
400 GS432 PRESC-SLED-O- Robot homeposition - 4/F2
LS prescan (light barrier)
400 GS434 PRESCAN-SLED- Prescan robot board 4/G1–H2
BD

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 13


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

8 IP – Transport Unit Postscan (Assembly 400)

8.1 Diagram

MG411

GS402

MG402
GS406
MG401

GS404
JL1 1
GS412

M400 GS410
GS414 GS408 M401

GS416

GS418

8 JL1 1

Chapter 4 / 14 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

8.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
400 M400 POST-SUCT-DRV Postscan suction motor 4/D2
400 M401 POST-SLED-DRV Postscan robot motor 4/D1
400 MG401 POINDS-MG-LEFT Solenoid valve for parking 4/A3
position robot - left
400 MG402 POINDS-MG- Solenoid valve for parking 4/D3
RIGHT position robot - right
400 MG411 SOL-VALE-POST Solenoid valve – 4/D5–E5
postscan
400 GS402 PUMP-POSTSC Vacuum Pump - postscan 4/D4–D5
400 GS404 POINDS-LEFT-LS Parking position for robot 4/A4
– left (light barrier)
400 GS406 POINDS-RIGHT-LS Parking position for robot 4/D4
– right (light barrier)
400 GS408 POST-SUCT-POS- Suction position - 4/A2
LS postscan (light barrier)
400 GS410 POST-SUCT-O-LS Suction homeposition 4/B2
(light barrier)
400 GS412 POSTSC-SUCT-BD Postscan suction board 4/C2–D2
400 GS414 POST-SLEDPOS- Robot workposition - 4/A1
LS postscan (light barrier)
400 GS416 POST-SLED-O-LS Robot homeposition – 4/B1
postscan (light barrier)
400 GS418 POST-SLED-BD Postscan robot board 4/C1–D1

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 15


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

9 Input Buffer (Assembly 500)

9.1 Diagram

JL1
1 8

GS514 GS510

GS518

M514
GS516

M513 GS512

GS530 GS534 514607an.cdr


8

GS532
JL1

GS536
1

GS538

GS540

Chapter 4 / 16 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

9.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
500 M513 IBUFF-DOOR-DRV Input buffer door motor 5/G3
500 M514 INBUFF-BLT-DRV Input buffer belt motor 5/D3
500 GS510 INBUFF-BELT-BD Input buffer belt board 5/D4–D5
500 GS512 INBUFF-CASS-DET Input buffer cassette 5/E5
detection board
500 GS514 INBUFF-CASS-DET Input buffer cassette 5/E6
(receiver) detection (light barrier)
500 GS516 INBUFF-CASS-DET Input buffer cassette 5/D6–E6
(transmitter) detection (light barrier)
500 GS518 INBUFF-BELT-LS Input buffer belt-position 5/D6
(light barrier)
500 GS530 EMERGENCY Emergency Node 5/H6
NODE
500 GS532 INBUFF-DOOR-BD Input buffer door board 5/G4–G5
500 GS534 INBUFF-DOOR-LS Input buffer door position 5/G6
(light barrier)
500 GS536 RF-TAG-READER RF-tag Reader 5/H3
500 GS538 RF-TAG-ANTENNA RF-tag antenna 5/H4–H6
500 GS540 CASS-DOT-DET Cassette Dot Detection 5/F6
(to recognize ADC
cassettes)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 17


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

10 Output Buffer (Assembly 500)

10.1 Diagram

JL1
1 8

GS552

M516

GS554

GS560

GS562
GS556 GS558 M515 GS564

514607ao.cdr

1 JL1 8

Chapter 4 / 18 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

10.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
500 M515 OUTB-ROLL-DRV Output buffer roller 5/C3
drive motor
500 M516 OUTB-PUSH-DRV Output buffer push 5/A3
drive motor
500 GS552 OUTBUFF-PUSH-BD Output buffer push 5/A4–A5
board
500 GS554 OUTBUFF-PUSH-LS Output buffer push 5/A6
position (light barrier)
500 GS556 OUTBUFF-ROLL-BD Output buffer roller 5/B4–C5
board
500 GS558 OBUFF-CASS-DET Output buffer cassette 5/B5
Detection board
500 GS560 OBUFF-CASS-DET Output buffer cassette 5/B6
(receiver) detection (light barrier)
500 GS562 OBUFF-CASS-DET Output buffer cassette 5/A6
(transmitter) detection (light barrier)
500 GS564 OUTBUFF-ROLL-LS Output buffer roller 5/C6
position (light barrier)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 19


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

11 Operation Terminal (Assembly 500)

11.1 Diagram

GS570 GS568

GS566

Chapter 4 / 20 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

11.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
500 GS566 LCD-TERMINAL- LCD-Terminal Board 5/B1–B2
BD
500 GS568 DISPLAY-LCD- Display LCD Module 5/A2
MOD
500 GS570 FLACHKEYBOARD Keyboard 5/A1–B1

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 21


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

12 Optic Module – Top View (Assembly 600)

12.1 Diagram
8

8
JL2

JL1
GS610
1

1
GS622 GS620

GS616

M612
GS612
M622

M702

Chapter 4 / 22 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

12.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
600 M702 SLOWSCAN-DRV Slowscan drive motor 6/E1
600 M612 POST-ALIGN-DRV Postscan alignment drive 6/D1
motor
600 M622 PRE-ALIGN-DRV Prescan alignment drive 6/G1
motor
600 GS610 5FOLD-ST-SCAN 5fold stepper motor board 6/D3–H3
of scan unit
600 GS612 POST-ALIGN-LS Postscan alignment 6/D4–E4
position (light barrier)
600 GS616 PRE-ALIGN-LS Prescan alignment 6/H4
position (light barrier)
600 GS620 OPTIC MODUL Optic Module 6/B1–B2
600 GS622 PM-TUBE Photomultiplier Tube 6/B4–C4

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 23


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

13 Optic Module – Bottom View (Assembly 600)

13.1 Diagram

M621

GS628

GS618
GS614 GS626

Chapter 4 / 24 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

13.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis mode) page/
coord.
600 M621 ROLL-LIFT-DRV Scan roller lift drive motor 6/H1
600 GS614 POST-IP-DET-LS Postscan IP-detection 6/E4
(light barrier)
600 GS618 ROLLER-LIFT-LS Roller-Lift-Pos (Gap light 6/H4
barrier)
600 GS626 BEGIN-O-SCAN-LS Begin of scan position 6/F4
(transmitter) (light barrier)
600 GS628 BEGIN-O-SCAN-LS Begin of scan position 6/G4
(receiver) (light barrier)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 25


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS002.04E

14 Erasure Unit (Assembly 700)

14.1 Diagram

LA7
LA8
LA9
LA10
LA1
LA2
LA3
LA4
LA5
LA6

Chapter 4 / 26 CR 75.0 Edition 1, Revision 0


(Type 5146) Agfa Group Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Reference and Circuit Diagrams

14.2 Table of Components

Ass. Abbre- Designation Function Circuit


viation (also used by diagram
diagnosis Mode) page/
coord.
700 LA1 – Lamps of the erasure 7/E5–H5
-----
LA10 unit
700 M701 ERASURE-UNIT-FAN Erasure Unit Fan 7/F2
(see pages 10/11)

B Circuit Diagrams of CR 75.0 Digitizer

F1.5146.4005.0 (sheet 1 – 7)

(see the following pages)

Edition 1, Revision 0 CR 75.0 Chapter 4 / 27


Agfa Group Confidential (Type 5146)
Spare Parts List

Document No: DD+DIS282.08M CR85-X


Type 5148 / 100

CR75.0
Type 5146 / 101 (up to SN < 6000)
Type 5146 / 105 (as of SN ≥ 6000)

CR 85-X CR 75.0
Type 5148/100 Type 5146/101/105

Internal update: 3

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 Document Node ID: 13770889


11-2008 printed in Germany spare_parts_e_template_v07
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.

WARNING:

Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.


INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.

WARNING:

Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper


operation.
INSTRUCTION:
• Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
• Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
• Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of
compatible accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or
www.agfa.com

NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type ‘Order List’ in the GSO library.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 2


11-2008 Type
Type5146/0101/0105/5148/0100
5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

Document History
Edition,
Edition, Release
Release Changes compared
Changes compared toto previous
previous version
version 2.0
2.0
Revision
Revision Date
Date
2.1
2.1 11-2008
11-2008 DeviceCR75.0
Device CR75.0(up
(up
toto
SNSN
<< 6000)
6000) added.
added.
Index adaptation of Spare Parts numbers to
Index adaptation of Spare Parts numbers updated.
current
New Sparestock.
Part Assembly Revive Rack added.
Revive Rack added.

Contact
Spare Parts ordering

Europe orderprocessing-europe.matrium@eads.com
Overseas orderprocessing-overseas.matrium@eads.com

Spare Parts returns

Worldwide returns.matrium@eads.com

NOTE:

For Recycling Information please refer to:

http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 3


11-2008 Type
Type5146/0101/0105/5148/0100
5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

Contents

MOUNTING RACK / GESTELL VERKLEIDUNG / MOUNTING RACK


MOUNTING RACK / FRAME PANELING / MOUNTING RACK
RACK DE MONTAGE / CASSIS REVETEMENT / RACK DE MONTAGE
PAGE 10 - 11 PAGE 06 - 09

AUSGABEPUFFER
OUTPUT BUFFER
RESERVE DE SORTIE EINGABEPUFFER
PAGE 12 - 17 INPUT BUFFER
RESERVE D'ENTREE
PAGE 18 - 23
TÜR LINKS
DOOR LHS
PORTE A GAUCHE
PAGE 38 - 39
CPCI-RACK, REVIVE RACK
CPCI-RACK, REVIVE RACK TÜR RECHTS, LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
CPCI-RACK, REVIVE RACK DOOR RHS, POWER UNIT
PAGE 40 - 43 PORTE A DROITE, BLOC DE PUISSANCE
PAGE 44 - 47

KASSETTENTEIL
CASSETTE PART
PARTIE CASSETTE
PAGE 24 - 37 ROTATIONSANTRIEB
ROTATION DRIVE
COMMANDE ROTATIVE
LÖSCHEINHEIT
PAGE 78 - 79
ERASURE UNIT
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT
PAGE 48 - 49
KASSETTEN
CASSETTES
CASSETTES
PAGE 82 - 103

FOLIENTRANSPORT, EINGABE
FOIL TRANSPORT, INPUT
TRANSPORT DE L'ECRAN, ENTREE
FOLIENTRANSPORT, AUSGABE PAGE 56 - 61
FOIL TRANSPORT, OUTPUT
TRANSPORT DE L'ECRAN, SORTIE SCANMODUL
PAGE 50 - 55 SCAN UNIT
MODIFIKATIONSBAUGRUPPEN / ZUBEHÖR MODULE SCAN
MODIFICATION KITS / ACCESSORIES PAGE 62 - 77
KIT DE MODIFICATION / ACCESSOIRE
PAGE 80 - 81 5148_chap05_INHALT.cdr

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 4


11-2008 Type
Type5146/0101/0105/5148/0100
5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

How to navigate the spare parts list online with the


Acrobat Reader
(1) Open Bookmarks
(2) Click on "CONTENTS"

(3) See overview of the modules


(4) Click on requested module

(5) Appropriate page opens

(6) Click on green arrow to


navigate back to the overview
of the modules

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 5


11-2008 Type
Type5146/0101/0105/5148/0100
5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02
17*

15*

01*

16
D2853

D635

D6426
D3088

14*
02 03

05*
04

13*

06*

11 07*

12*
D6408
D6426

08*,10*
CR85-X
Type 5148/100
CR75.0
Type 5146/105 (as of SN 6000) 09*,10*
5148_chap05_001.CDR

PANELING, MOUNTING RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 6


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514612401 * SEITENWAND RECHTS LACKIERT
SIDE WALL, RHS VARNISHED
PAROI LATERALE A DROITE VERNI
2 CM+9514510071 KLEBESCHILD AGFA
LABEL AGFA
ETIQUETTE AGFA
3 CM+9514512600 DISPLAY MONT.
DISPLAY ASSEMBLED
AFFICHEUR ASSEMBLE
4 CM+9514513812 FLACHKEYBOARD
FLAT KEYBOARD
CLAVIER PLAT
5 CM+9514512702 * E-BUFFER ABDECKUNG
BUFFER COVER
COUVERCLE DU BUFFER
6 CM+9514512761 * VERKLEIDUNG RECHTS UNTEN
BOTTOM PANELING, RHS
REVETEMENT A DROITE EN BAS
7 CM+9514512771 * VERKLEIDUNG LINKS UNTEN
PANELING BOTTOM, LHS
REVETEMENT A GAUCHE EN BAS
8 CM+9514812560 * TUERABDECKUNG RECHTS, LACKIERT - 5148/0100
DOOR COVER RHS, LACQUERED
COUVERCLE DE LA PORTE A DROITE, LAQUE
9 CM+9514812550 * TUERABDECKUNG LINKS, LACKIERT - 5148/0100
DOOR COVER LHS, LACQUERED
COUVERCLE DE LA PORTE A GAUCHE, LAQUE
10 CM+9514512551 TUERABDECKUNG, LACKIERT - 5146/0105
DOOR COVER, LACQUERED
COUVERCLE DE LA PORTE, LAQUE
11 CM+9514510800 HANDGRIFF
HANDLE
POIGNEE
12 CM+9514512802 * A-BUFFER ABDECKUNG
BUFFER COVER
COUVERCLE DU BUFFER
13 CM+9514612451 * SEITENWAND LINKS LACKIERT
SIDE WALL, LHS VARNISHED
PAROI LATERALE A GAUCHE VERNI
14 CM+9514516282 * DECKEL
COVER
COUVERCLE
15 CM+9514512782 * ABDECKUNG OBEN
COVER TOP
COUVERCLE EN HAUT
16 CM+9514612740 KLEBESCHILD OBEN
LABEL TOP
ETIQUETTE EN HAUT
17 CM+9514512614 * LEISTE
BAR
REGLETTE

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

PANELING, MOUNTING RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 7


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02
14*

13*

01*

15
D2853

D635

D6426
D3088

12*
02 03

05*
04

11*

06*

09 07*

10*
D6408
D6426

08*
CR75.0
Type 5146/101 (up to SN < 6000)
08*
5148_chap05_02.CDR

PANELING, MOUNTING RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 8


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514612401 * SEITENWAND RECHTS LACKIERT
SIDE WALL, RHS VARNISHED
PAROI LATERALE A DROITE VERNI
2 CM+9514510071 KLEBESCHILD AGFA
LABEL AGFA
ETIQUETTE AGFA
3 CM+9514512600 DISPLAY MONT.
DISPLAY ASSEMBLED
AFFICHEUR ASSEMBLE
4 CM+9514513812 FLACHKEYBOARD
FLAT KEYBOARD
CLAVIER PLAT
5 CM+9514512702 * E-BUFFER ABDECKUNG
BUFFER COVER
COUVERCLE DU BUFFER
6 CM+9514512761 * VERKLEIDUNG RECHTS UNTEN
BOTTOM PANELING, RHS
REVETEMENT A DROITE EN BAS
7 CM+9514512771 * VERKLEIDUNG LINKS UNTEN
PANELING BOTTOM, LHS
REVETEMENT A GAUCHE EN BAS
8 CM+9514512551 * TUERABDECKUNG, LACKIERT
DOOR COVER, LACQUERED
COUVERCLE DE LA PORTE, LAQUE
9 CM+9514510800 HANDGRIFF
HANDLE
POIGNEE
10 CM+9514512802 * A-BUFFER ABDECKUNG
BUFFER COVER
COUVERCLE DU BUFFER
11 CM+9514612451 * SEITENWAND LINKS LACKIERT
SIDE WALL, LHS VARNISHED
PAROI LATERALE A GAUCHE VERNI
12 CM+9514516282 * DECKEL
COVER
COUVERCLE
13 CM+9514512782 * ABDECKUNG OBEN
COVER TOP
COUVERCLE EN HAUT
14 CM+9514512614 * LEISTE
BAR
REGLETTE
15 CM+9514612740 KLEBESCHILD OBEN
LABEL TOP
ETIQUETTE EN HAUT

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

PANELING, MOUNTING RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 9


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

(GS 314)
06
05 (GS 204) 02
07

D708
08
(ST 319)
04

D117

D5682 03

03

D5682
D117
5148_chap05_03.CDR

MOUNTING RACK, FRAME

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 10


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514616200 KASSETTENHALTER
CASSETTE HOLDER
SUPPORT CASSETTE
2 CM+9043660560 IEC-STECKER MIT FILTER 10A
IEC PLUG WITH FILTER 10A
CONNECTEUR IEC AVEC FILTRE 10A
3 CM+9514545960 MASSEERDBAND 170MM
GROUND-EARTHING CABLE 170MM
CABLE DE TERRE ET MASSE 170MM
4 CM+9047190280 ETHERNET ADAPTER - (ST319)
ETHERNET ADAPTER - (ST319)
ADAPTATER ETHERNET - (ST319)
5 CM+9047910150 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
6 CM+9949960202 GS 8FACH IO-VERTEILER - (GS314)
GS 8-FOLD IO DISTRIBUTOR - (GS314)
DISTRIBUTION OCTUPLE I / O - (GS314)
7 CM+9514619450 WINKEL KOMPL. - (GS204)
BRACKET COMPLETE - (GS204)
EQUERRE COMPLET - (GS204)
8 CM+9988905850 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

MOUNTING RACK, FRAME

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 11


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01 02

D217

D2514
D217

D2853

07
02

06
(GS 564)

04
(M515)

05 03
5146_chap05_04.CDR

OUTPUT BUFFER - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 12


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514677001 TRANSPORTWALZEN
TRANSPORT ROLLER
CYLINDRE DE TRANSPORT
2 CM+9514677170 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
3 CM+9038960370 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
4 CM+9514675900 MOTORWINKEL VOLLSTÄNDIG - (M515)
MOTOR BRACKET ASSY - (M515)
EQUERRE DU MOTEUR COMPL. - (M515)
5 CM+9038965490 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
6 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 - (GS564)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 - (GS564)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 - (GS564)
7 CM+9988905600 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

OUTPUT BUFFER - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 13


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01
(M516)

02

D579
D2514
02
D2861

03

(GS562) (GS560)
04
06 (GS554)

05

D6522
D6522
05 5148_chap05_05.CDR

OUTPUT BUFFER - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 14


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033500700 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
2 CM+9036960200 KUNSTSTOFF-GLEITLAGER
PLASTIC FRICTION BEARING
PALIER LISSE
3 CM+9514070200 SCHRÄGLICHTSCHRANKE - (GS560, GS562)
INCLINED LIGHT BARRIER - (GS560, GS562)
BARRIERES LUMINEUSES OBLIQUES - (GS560, GS562)
4 CM+9514575501 SCHRITTMOTOR VOLLSTÄNDIG - (M516)
STEPPER MOTOR COMPLETE - (M516)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS COMPLET - (M516)
5 CM+9514645160 FLACHBANDKABEL IR-LS
FLAT CABLE IR-LS
CABLE PLAT IR-LS
6 CM+9514676900 LICHTSCHRANKENHALTER VOLLSTÄNDIG - (GS554)
LIGHT SENSOR HOLDER ASSY - (GS554)
SUPPORT BARRIERE LUMINEUSE COMPL. - (GS554)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

OUTPUT BUFFER - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 15


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

08
01
(GS 552)
02

10

05 04
03

01
(GS 556)
02

09

07 08
03
(GS 558)
06
04

5148_chap05_06.CDR

OUTPUT BUFFER - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 16


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS552, GS556)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS552, GS556)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS552, GS556)
2 CM+9514665960 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
3 CM+9514545261 KABEL BUS FL 26POL
BUS CABLE 26POL
CABLE BUS 26POL
4 CM+9988905350 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
5 CM+9988905500 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
6 CM+9988905600 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
7 CM+9514544100 EINZEL-PULS-LS VERGOSSEN - (GS558)
SINGLE-PULS LS - (GS558)
CELLULE-IMPULSION UNIQUE - (GS558)
8 CM+9514645160 FLACHBANDKABEL IR-LS
FLAT CABLE IR-LS
CABLE PLAT IR-LS
9 CM+9047913100 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
10 CM+9988910420 KABEL FL 5POL
FLAT CABLE 5POL
CABLE PLAT 5POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

OUTPUT BUFFER - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 17


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

02
05 D2513
(GS518)

D2763

D2861
D417

D2514

D2861

D2514

D579

D6522

03

04
(M514)

D372
5148_chap05_07.CDR

INPUT BUFFER - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 18


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514512673 KAPPE
CAP
CAPUCHON
2 CM+9514571252 ZAHNRIEMEN MONTIERT
TOOTHED BELT, ASSEMBLED
COURROIE CRANTEE, ASSEMBLE
3 CM+9950910340 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
4 CM+9514672300 SCHRITTMOTOR VOLLSTÄNDIG - (M514)
STEPPER MOTOR ASSY - (M514)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS COMPL. - (M514)
5 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS518)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS518)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS518)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

INPUT BUFFER - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 19


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

06
01

04

03
(GS512) 10

09
05 07 08
(GS510)

(GS516)
02 04

D6522 (GS514)
04
5148_chap05_08.CDR

INPUT BUFFER - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 20


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9047913100 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
2 CM+9514070200 SCHRÄGLICHTSCHRANKE - (GS514, GS516)
INCLINED LIGHT BARRIER - (GS514, GS516)
BARRIERES LUMINEUSES OBLIQUES - (GS514, GS516)
3 CM+9514544100 EINZEL-PULS-LS VERGOSSEN - (GS512)
SINGLE-PULS LS - (GS512)
CELLULE-IMPULSION UNIQUE - (GS512)
4 CM+9514645160 FLACHBANDKABEL IR-LS
FLAT CABLE IR-LS
CABLE PLAT IR-LS
5 CM+9514645600 BUS - KABEL, 26 POL
BUS CABLE 26 PIN
CABLE BUS, 26 PIN
6 CM+9514665960 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
7 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS510)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS510)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS510)
8 CM+9988905200 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
9 CM+9988905350 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
10 CM+9988905550 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

INPUT BUFFER - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 21


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

16 01
(GS530) 02
(GS534) 03

15
(M513)

D333
12
D579 D369
D2514
D542

14
(GS532)

13 10
12

08 09
11

04
07

05
(GS540)

06
(GS536, GS538) D2513
D369
5148_chap05_09.CDR

INPUT BUFFER - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 22


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514613420 STATUSANZEIGE
STATUS DISPLAY
MESSAGE ETAT
2 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS534)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS534)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS534)
3 CM+9514612950 EINGABETORACHSE
FEED GATE SHAFT
AXE DE PORTE D'ENTRÉE
4 CM+9514513210 SCHNAPPACHSE
SELF-LATCHING SHAFT
AXE CLIQUET
5 CM+9514513903 LICHTSCHRANKE KOMPLETT - (GS540)
LIGHT BARRIER - (GS540)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE - (GS540)
6 CM+9514670100 READER MIT ANTENNE - (GS563, GS538)
READER WITH ANTENNA - (GS563, GS538)
SUPPORT AVEC ANTENNE - (GS563, GS538)
7 CM+9514645621 KABEL FL 6POL
FLAT CABLE 6POLE
CABLE PLAT 6POLE
8 CM+9514646340 KABEL FL/RD 20POL
CABLE, FLAT AND ROUND
CABLE PLAT ET CYLINDRIQUE
9 CM+9047913100 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
10 CM+9514665960 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
11 CM+9514645600 BUS - KABEL, 26 POL
BUS CABLE 26 PIN
CABLE BUS, 26 PIN
12 CM+9988905550 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
13 CM+9988905500 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
14 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS532)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS532)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS532)
15 CM+9514513850 MOTOR EINGABETOR - (M513)
MOTOR, FEED GATE - (M513)
MOTEUR, PORTE D’ENTREE - (M513)
16 CM+9515548200 GS STATUS EMERGENCY NODE - (GS530)
PCB STATUS EMERGENCY NODE - (GS530)
CI ETAT NOEUD URGENCE - (GS530)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

INPUT BUFFER - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 23


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

05
D6522 D6522 (M202)
(M207)
D579

5141

D2681
04

01

D6522
D3154

03 D333
(GS214)
(GS265)

02
D6522

5148_chap05_10.CDR

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 24


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514552130 LEISTE
BAR
REGLETTE
2 CM+9514551502 LICHTSCHRANKENHALTER
LIGHT SENSOR HOLDER
SUPPORT BARRIERE LUMINEUS
3 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS214, GS265)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS214, GS265)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS214, GS265)
4 CM+9514651450 MOTORWINKEL MONTIERT
MOTOR BRACKET ASSEMBLED
EQUERRE DU MOTEUR ASSEMBLE
5 CM+9514672200 SCHRITTMOTOR VOLLSTÄNDIG - (M202, M207)
STEPPER MOTOR ASSY - (M202, M207)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS COMPL. - (M202, M207)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 25


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

06

04

05*

03
02
(GS220, GS270)
01*

(M205, M210)

5148_chap05_11.CDR

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 26


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514550200 * WINKEL, GEN.
BRACKET, RIVETED
EQUERRE, RIVETE
2 CM+9514551700 WINKEL, MONT. - (M205, M210)
BRACKET, ASSEMBLED - (M205, M210)
EQUERRE, ASSEMBLE - (M205, M210)
3 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS220, GS270)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS220, GS270)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS220, GS270)
4 CM+9038960000 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
5 CM+9514551750 * RIEMENUMLENKUNG
BELT DRIVER - CROSSOVER
COURROIE - ZONE DE RENVOI
6 CM+9514551952 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 27


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

06
(M204)
(M209)
01

05

03

02
(GS228)
(GS277)

04

5148_0100_12.CDR

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 28


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514555010 LEISTE
BAR
REGLETTE
2 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 - (GS228, GS277)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 - (GS228, GS277)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 - (GS228, GS277)
3 CM+9988905750 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
4 CM+9836056200 SCHUBSTANGE
TIE ROD
TIRANT
5 CM+9514555801 SCHWENKPLATTE VOLLSTÄNDIG
SWIVEL PLATE ASSY
PLAQUE PIVOTANTE COMPL.
6 CM+9514556201 SCHRITTMOTOR - (M204, M209)
STEPPER MOTOR - (M204, M209)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS - (M204, M209)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 29


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01 (M201)
(M206)
02

05
(GS230)
(GS280) 04
03
D3083

D2995
D320
07

D377
06

D6522
(M203)
(M208)

5148_chap05_13.CDR

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 30


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514551351 RÖLLCHENMOTOR - (M201, M206)
ROLLER MOTOR - (M201, M206)
MOTEUR DES GALETS - (M201, M206)
2 CM+9514591000 RÖLLCHEN
ROLLER
ROULEAU
3 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS230, GS280)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS230, GS280)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS230, GS280)
4 CM+9988905750 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
5 CM+9514653701 MOTORPLATTE VOLLSTÄNDIG - (M203, M208)
MOTOR PLATE ASSY - (M203, M208)
PLAQUE MOTEUR COMPL. - (M203, M208)
6 CM+9033500860 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
7 CM+9038961180 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 31


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

(GS222) 03 (GS224, GS274) 02


(GS278)

01
02 (GS216)
(GS266)
04

05

06

07 09

07
08
(GS226, GS276)
07

5148_chap05_14.CDR

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 32


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514690500 LS-HALTER - (GS216, GS222, GS266, GS278)
LIGHT SENSOR HOLDER - (GS216, GS222, GS266, GS278)
SUPPORT BARRIERE LUMINEUSE - (GS216, GS222, GS266, GS278)
2 CM+9514645981 KABEL FL 8POL
FLAT CABLE 8POL
CABLE PLAT 8POL
3 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 - (GS224, GS274)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 - (GS224, GS274)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 - (GS224, GS274)
4 CM+9988905650 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
5 CM+9514557003 ÖFFNER VOLLSTÄNDIG
OPENER COMPLETE
LOUP COMPLET
6 CM+9514659110 LICHTSCHRANKENFAHNE
LIGHT BARRIER LUG
CAVALIER DE PHOTO CELLULE
7 CM+9836059011 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
8 CM+9515670000 KASSETTENEINZUG ANSCHLAG LINKS - (GS226, GS276)
CASSETTE FEED STOP, LHS - (GS226, GS276)
INTRODUCTION DES CASSETTE A GAUCHE - (GS226, GS276)
9 CM+9515645181 KABEL FL CASSETTENANSCHL. 950MM
FLAT CABLE CASSETTE STOP 950MM
CABLE PLAT BUTEE CASSETTE 950MM

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 33


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

02 03 04 05 03 06 07 08

12 11 10 09
(GS210, GS260)

5148_chap05_15.CDR

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 34


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9047913370 LEITERPLATTENHALTER
PCB HOLDER
CARTE FIXATION
2 CM+9515645181 KABEL FL CASSETTENANSCHL. 950MM
FLAT CABLE CASSETTE STOP 950MM
CABLE PLAT BUTEE CASSETTE 950MM
3 CM+9988905750 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
4 CM+9514645981 KABEL FL 8POL
FLAT CABLE 8POL
CABLE PLAT 8POL
5 CM+9514645140 KABEL BUS FL 26POL
BUS CABLE 26POL
CABLE BUS 26POL
6 CM+9988905650 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
7 CM+9988905850 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
8 CM+9988905500 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
9 CM+9988930360 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
10 CM+9949981300 GS IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS210, GS260)
PCB IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS210, GS260)
CI IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS210, GS260)
11 CM+9988930700 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
12 CM+9988930280 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE PART, CHASSIS - PART 6

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 35


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

05

04
06

03* 09*

02

01

08

07*
5148_chap05_16.CDR

CASSETTE PART 1 AND 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 36


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033175320 BÜGELVERSCHLUSS
LOCK BRACKET
FERMOIR
2 CM+9514547560 MASSEBAND 2MM BLANK 70MM
GROUND CABLE 70MM
CABLE DE MASSE 70MM
3 CM+9514550200 * WINKEL, GEN.
BRACKET, RIVETED
EQUERRE, RIVETE
4 CM+9514550210 WINKEL
BRACKET
EQUERRE
5 CM+9514645140 KABEL BUS FL 26POL
BUS CABLE 26POL
CABLE BUS 26POL
6 CM+9514647661 KABELBAUM
CABLE HARNESS
FAISCEAU DE CABLE
7 CM+9514651001 * RAHMEN VOLLSTÄNDIG; CAS 1
CHASSIS ASSY; CAS 1
CHASSIS COMPL.; CAS 1
8 CM+9514651073 FAHNE
LUG
CAVALIER
9 CM+9514654001 * RAHMEN VOLLSTÄNDIG; CAS 2
CHASSIS ASSY; CAS 2
CHASSIS COMPL.; CAS 2

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE PART 1 AND 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 37


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

D5682
D117 D706

02 04
(M701)

D5682

D117

D2681

D335

D6522

03

01

D706

5148_chap05_17.CDR

DOOR LHS

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 38


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514517800 INTERLOCKBUEGEL
INTERLOCK BRACKET
TAQUET INTERLOCK
2 CM+9514545960 MASSEERDBAND 170MM
GROUND-EARTHING CABLE 170MM
CABLE DE TERRE ET MASSE 170MM
3 CM+9514617992 LUFTFILTER
AIR FILTER
FILTRE A AIR
4 CM+9514636200 LÜFTER 24V VERDRAHTET - (M701)
FAN 24V - (M701)
VENTILATEUR 24V - (M701)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

DOOR LHS

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 39


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01 02

03
(M300)
04

06

05
(GS302)
(GS304)

07

11
(GS300)

10
(GS312)
08
09 (GS306)
(GS310)
CR85-X
Type 5148/100 (up to SN < 4000)
CR75.0
Type 5146/101
Type 5144/105 (up to SN < 6500) 5148_chap05_18.CDR

CPCI-RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 40


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514614006 CPCI-RACK, KOMPLETT
CPCI RACK, COMPLETE
RACK CPCI, COMPLET
2 CM+9514614057 CPCI-RACK BESTÜCKT - AB FN3881
CPCI RACK POPULATED - FROM SN3881
RACK CPCI ÉQUIPER - A PARTIR DE NS3881
3 CM+9514614250 LÜFTER VERDR. PCI-RACK 250MM - (M300)
FAN WIRED, PCI-RACK 250MM - (M300)
VENTILATEUR CABLE, PCI-RACK 250MM - (M300)
4 CM+9048613570 SCSI ULTRA 3 TERMINATOR
SCSI ULTRA 3 TERMINATOR
SCSI ULTRA 3 TERMINATOR
5 CM+9514614401 EINSCHUB STORAGE KOMPLETT - (GS302, GS304)
PLUG-IN MODULE STORAGE COMPLETE - (GS302, GS304)
TIROIR STORAGE COMPLET - (GS302, GS304)
6 CM+9048613650 DISKETTENLAUFWERK 3,5"
FLOPPY-DISK-DRIVE 3,5"
LECTEUR 3,5"
7 CM+9048613540 FESTPLATTE ULTRA 160/320
HARDDISK ULTRA 160/320
DISQUE DUR ULTRA 160/320
8 CM+9514614303 PCI POWER SUPPLY KOMPLETT - (GS306)
PCI POWER SUPPLY COMPLETE - (GS306)
PCI BLOC SECTEUR COMPLET - (GS306)
9 CM+9514614653 EINSCHUB IO-MASTER - (GS310)
PLUG-IN MODULE IO-MASTER - (GS310)
TIROIR IO-MASTER - (GS310)
10 CM+9514615012 OBERON 3 PCB - (GS312)
OBERON 3 PCB - (GS312)
OBERON 3 PCB - (GS312)
11 CM+9048613420 CPCI BACKPLANE 3 SLOT - (GS300)
CPCI BACKPLANE 3 SLOT - (GS300)
CPCI BACKPLANE 3 SLOT - (GS300)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CPCI-RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 41


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

02

07

03

06

05 04

CR85-X
Type 5148/100 (as of SN 4000)
CR75.0
Type 5146/105 (as of SN 6500) 5148_chap05_19.CDR

REVIVE RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 42


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514890100 REVIVE PCI-RACK CR85-X
REVIVE PCI-RACK CR85-X
REVIVE PCI-RACK CR85-X
2 CM+9514614250 LÜFTER VERDR. PCI-RACK 250MM - (M300)
FAN WIRED, PCI-RACK 250MM - (M300)
VENTILATEUR CABLE, PCI-RACK 250MM - (M300)
3 CM+9514614303 PCI POWER SUPPLY KOMPLETT - (GS306)
PCI POWER SUPPLY COMPLETE - (GS306)
PCI BLOC SECTEUR COMPLET - (GS306)
4 CM+9514890200 REVIVE PCB
REVIVE PCB
REVIVE PCB
5 CM+9048614280 IDE HARD DISK
IDE HARD DISK
IDE HARD DISK
6 CM+9514814900 CABLE SET IDE HARD DISK
CABLE SET IDE HARD DISK
CABLE SET IDE HARD DISK
7 CM+9514888101 MEMORY STICK WITH SW ACP_5102
MEMORY STICK WITH SW ACP_5102
MEMORY STICK WITH SW ACP_5102

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

REVIVE RACK

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 43


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

05 D5682

D117
D703 07

D706

06
02
(M101)

03
(TR106) 04*
01
D321 D854
D855 D865

D539

5148_chap05_20.CDR

DOOR RHS, POWER UNIT - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 44


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033501080 DRUCKFEDER
COMPRESSION SPRING
RESSORT DE PRESSION
2 CM+9043172330 LÜFTER 24 VDC - (M101)
FAN 24 VDC - (M101)
VENTILATEUR 24 V CC - (M101)
3 CM+9043371770 TRANSFORMATOR 200-208-230V / 30V12A - (TR106)
TRANSFORMER - (TR106)
TRANSFORMATEUR - (TR106)
4 CM+9514517380 * RIEGEL
LATCH
VERROU
5 CM+9514545960 MASSEERDBAND 170MM
GROUND-EARTHING CABLE 170MM
CABLE DE TERRE ET MASSE 170MM
6 CM+9514617992 LUFTFILTER
AIR FILTER
FILTRE A AIR
7 CM+9514618300 LÜFTERWINKEL MONTIERT
FAN BRACKET ASSEMBLED
EQUERRE DU VENTILATEUR ASSEMBLE

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

DOOR RHS, POWER UNIT - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 45


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

04
(S103)

05 09

12
(GS104)

01
(S102)
07

07 08
(GS100)

02
06 10
02, 03

11
(GS102)

10 06 5148_chap05_21.CDR

DOOR RHS, POWER UNIT - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 46


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9042663040 TÜR, DECKELSCHALTER - (S102)
CASSETTE UNIT SAFETY SWITCH - (S102)
PORTE, INTERRUPTEUR DE COUVERCLE - (S102)
2 CM+9045196040 SICHERUNG T 2,5A
FUSE T 2,5A
FUSIBLE T 2,5A
3 CM+9045197160 SICHERUNG T 1A
FUSE SLOW-BLOW 1A
INERTIE FUSIBLE 1A
4 CM+9045231790 ÜBERSTROMSCHUTZSCHALTER 10A - (S103)
OVERCURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKER 10A - (S103)
DISJONCTEUR DE SURCHARGE 10A - (S103)
5 CM+9514618100 TRAFOWINKEL MONT.
TRANSFORMER BRACKET ASSEMBLED
EQUERRE POUR TRANSFORMATEUR ASSEMBLE
6 CM+9514646660 KABEL FL 5POL
FLAT CABLE 5POL
CABLE PLAT 5POL
7 CM+9514646700 KABEL FL/RD, 20POL
BUS CABLE, FLAT AND ROUND 20POLE
CABLE BUS PLAT ET CYLINDRIQUE 20POLE
8 CM+9514648903 MULTI-SUPPLY-BOARD - (GS100)
MULTI-SUPPLY-BOARD - (GS100)
MULTI-SUPPLY-BOARD - (GS100)
9 CM+9514680101 KABELBAUM 3POL
CABLE HARNESS 3POLE
FAISCEAU DE CABLE 3POLE
10 CM+9514680122 KABELBAUM 3/2POL
CABLE HARNESS 3/2POLE
FAISCEAU DE CABLE 3/2POLE
11 CM+9515564204 GS PROG. ERASURE-CONTROL V2 - (GS102)
PCB PROG. ERASURE-CONTROL V2 - (GS102)
CI PROG. ERASURE-CONTROL V2 - (GS102)
12 CM+9515564401 GS CURRENT-SENSE - (GS104)
PCB CURRENT-SENSE - (GS104)
CI CONTROLE COURANT - (GS104)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

DOOR RHS, POWER UNIT - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 47


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01 05

06
08

D221 07

D353
D81 D221 07
02

10

03
04
09

5148_chap05_22.CDR

ERASURE UNIT

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 48


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033175470 SCHIEBER F. SCHLOSS LS 100
LATCH FOR LOCK LS 100
LAME POUR VERROU LS 100
2 CM+9045065820 HALOGENLAMPE, 12V 100W
HALOGEN LAMP, 12V 100W
LAMPE HALOGEN, 12V 100W
3 CM+9045065740 FASSUNG 6,35 24V
SOCKET 6,35 24V
SOCLE 6,35 24V
4 CM+9047187970 ANSATZSCHRAUBE M4X0,7
SHOULDER SCREW M4X0,7
VIS A EPAULEMENT M4X0,7
5 CM+9514535440 KG2-FILTER
FILTER
FILTRE
6 CM+9514635002 LÖSCHEINHEIT
ERASURE UNIT
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT
7 CM+9514635430 ARRETIERFEDER
RETAINNING PLATE
PLAQUE DE RETENUE
8 CM+9514635501 FRONTSCHEIBE GEKL.
FRONT GLAS PLATE GLUED
DISQUE FRONTAL COLLE
9 CM+9514635851 FASSUNGSLEISTE VERKABELT
SOCKET BAR WITH CABLE
BARRETTE AVEC CABLE
10 CM+9514645320 KABEL 20x1AGG16
WIRE 20x1AGG16
CABLE 20x1AGG16

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

ERASURE UNIT

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 49


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01*
02

(GS401, GS402)
10

D542

12 03

D2514
04
D706

D540

D6426
D2514
D2861
11 (GS401, GS402)
ONLY FOR DEVICES
WHICH ARE LOCATED
HIGHER THAN 2000M
ABOVE SEE LEVEL
(SEE SB DD+DIS276.07E)

08
(MG402)
08
(MG401)
D6426
D2514
09
05
07 D542
(GS406)
07 06
(GS404)
5148_chap05_23.CDR

FOIL TRANSPORT, OUTPUT - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 50


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514866001 * GESTELL, AUSGABE
FRAME, OUTPUT
CHASSIS, SORTIE
2 CM+9514660601 LEITBLECH GROSS GEP., AUSGABE
GUIDE PLATE, LARGE, OUTPUT
TOLE DE GUIDAGE, GRANDE SORTIE
3 CM+9514563052 VERRIEGELUNG OBEN
LOCK TOP
VERROUILLAGE, EN HAUT
4 CM+9514563090 ROBOTER-ANSCHLAG
ROBOT - STOP
UNITE DE SEPARATION AUTOMATIQUE - BUTEE
5 CM+9514566081 ANSCHLAG UNTEN, AUSGABE
STOP BOTTOM, OUTPUT
BUTEE EN BAS, SORTIE
6 CM+9514666450 WIPPE VORN, KOMPLETT
ROCKER FRONT, COMPLETE
BASCULE AVANT, COMPLET
7 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 - (GS404, GS406)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 - (GS404, GS406)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 - (GS404, GS406)
8 CM+9042421700 HUBMAGNET, ZIEHEND - (MG401, MG402)
LIFTING MAGNET, PULLING - (MG401, MG402)
AIMANT DE LEVAGE, TIRANT - (MG401, MG402)
9 CM+9514666500 WIPPE HINTEN, KOMPLETT
ROCKER BACK, COMPLETE
BASCULE DERRIERE, COMPLET
10 CM+9514662303 PUMPENPLATINE KOMPLETT - (GS401, GS402)
PUMP PLATE, COMPLETE - (GS401, GS402)
PLAQUE DE LA POMPE, COMPLET - (GS401, GS402)
11 CM+9514862300 PUMPENPLATINE (HI), KOMPLETT - (GS401, GS402)
PUMP BOARD (HI), COMPLETE - (GS401, GS402)
DISQUE DE POMPE (HI) COMPLET - (GS401, GS402)
12 CM+9042421640 MAGNETVENTIL
SOLENOID VALVE
ELECTROVANNE

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

FOIL TRANSPORT, OUTPUT - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 51


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01
02

10
(GS412) 03

D372
D2514
D579
12
(GS414 / 04 (M401)
GS416)

D372
D2514
D579
10
(GS418)
11 06
09

07
05

08

5148_chap05_24.CDR

FOIL TRANSPORT, OUTPUT - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 52


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514861000 ROBOTER, AUSGABE
ROBOT, OUTPUT
UNITE DE SEPARATION AUTOMATIQUE, SORTIE
2 CM+9514864861 KETTE KOMPLETT ROBOTERSCHLITTEN
ENERGY CHAIN COMPLETE ROBOT CARRIAGE
CHAINE D'ENERGIE COMPLET CHARIOT DU ROBOT
3 CM+9514665960 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
4 CM+9514665101 MOTOR 1 KOMPLETT - (M401)
MOTOR 1 COMPLETE - (M401)
MOTEUR 1 COMPLET - (M401)
5 CM+9514665190 ZAHNRIEMENRAD
TOOTHED BELT WHEEL
POULIE A COURROIE CRANTEE
6 CM+9038961320 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
7 CM+9038961330 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
8 CM+9033501070 ZUGFEDER RZ-096X
TENSION SPRING RZ-096X
RESSORT DE TRACTION RZ-096X
9 CM+9514665850 SCHLAUCHGRUPPE KOMPL.
HOSE GROUP COMPLETE
ENSEMBLE CONVERTIBLES COMPLET
10 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS412, GS418)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS412, GS418)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS412, GS418)
11 CM+9988905080 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
12 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 - (GS414, GS416)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 - (GS414, GS416)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 - (GS414, GS416)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

FOIL TRANSPORT, OUTPUT - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 53


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

03 (GS410)
D372 03
02 D2514
D579
01 (GS408)

04

06
07

09
08

07

05 12 06
11
(M400)
D372
D2514
D579
05

10

10

5148_chap05_25.CDR

FOIL TRANSPORT, OUTPUT - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 54


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514661200 SEPARIEREINHEIT, AUSGABE
SEPARATING UNIT, OUTPUT
UNITE DE SEPARATION, SORTIE
2 CM+9514665152 LICHTSCHRANKE KOMPLETT
LIGHT BARRIER, COMPLETE
PHOTO CELLULE, COMPLET
3 CM+9514647521 KABELBAUM FL 8POL
FLAT CABLE HARNESS 8POLE
FAISCEAU DE CABLE PLAT 8POLE
4 CM+9514565502 SAUGERGRUPPE (SERVICE)
SUCTION CUP ASSEMBLY (SERVICE)
ENSEMBLE VENTOUSES (SERVICE)
5 CM+9514661600 SCHLAUCHGRUPPE, SAUGERHEBEL
HOSE ASSEMBLY, SUCTION CUP LEVER
ENSEMBLE CONVERTIBLES LEVIER VENTOUSE
6 CM+9038961370 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
7 CM+9514661211 RIEMENSPANNER
BELT TENSIONER
TENDEUR DE COURROIE
8 CM+9514661400 SCHLAUCHGRUPPE F. 4KT-WELLE
HOSE GROUP FOR SQUARE SHAFT
ENSEMBLE CONVERTIBLES POUR ARBRE A 4 PANS
9 CM+9038960970 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
10 CM+9514665802 LAGERBOCK
BEARING BRACKET
SUPPORT
11 CM+9514665350 MOTOR 2 KOMPLETT - (M400)
MOTOR 2 COMPLETE - (M400)
MOTEUR 2 COMPLET - (M400)
12 CM+9038961860 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

FOIL TRANSPORT, OUTPUT - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 55


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01*

02

D6424
D2514
D2861

03

(GS422)
(GS420) 05
07

D706

D2514
04
D542
D6426 (GS422)
06 (GS420)
ONLY FOR DEVICES WHICH ARE LOCATED
HIGHER THAN 2000M ABOVE SEE LEVEL
(SEE SB DD+DIS276.07E) 5148_chap05_26.CDR

FOIL TRANSPORT, INPUT - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 56


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514663000 * GESTELL, EINGABE
FRAME, INPUT
CHASSIS, ENTREE
2 CM+9514563052 VERRIEGELUNG OBEN
LOCK TOP
VERROUILLAGE, EN HAUT
3 CM+9514563090 ROBOTER-ANSCHLAG
ROBOT - STOP
UNITE DE SEPARATION AUTOMATIQUE - BUTEE
4 CM+9514563081 ANSCHLAG, UNTEN - EINGABE
STOP, BOTTOM - INPUT
BUTEE, INFERIEUR - ENTREE
5 CM+9514662303 PUMPENPLATINE KOMPLETT - (GS420, GS422)
PUMP PLATE, COMPLETE - (GS420, GS422)
PLAQUE DE LA POMPE, COMPLET - (GS420, GS422)
6 CM+9514862300 PUMPENPLATINE (HI), KOMPLETT - (GS420, GS422)
PUMP BOARD (HI), COMPLETE - (GS420, GS422)
DISQUE DE POMPE (HI) COMPLET - (GS420, GS422)
7 CM+9042421640 MAGNETVENTIL
SOLENOID VALVE
ELECTROVANNE

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

FOIL TRANSPORT, INPUT - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 57


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

05

10

D372
D2514
D579
11
04 (GS428)
(GS430) 07
(GS432) (M403)

D372
D2514
D579
11
(GS434)
12 02
09

03
08

06

01

5148_chap05_27.CDR

FOIL TRANSPORT, INPUT - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 58


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033501070 ZUGFEDER RZ-096X
TENSION SPRING RZ-096X
RESSORT DE TRACTION RZ-096X
2 CM+9038961320 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
3 CM+9038961330 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
4 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 - (GS430, GS432)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 - (GS430, GS432)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 - (GS430, GS432)
5 CM+9514664864 KETTE KOMPLETT ROBOTERSCHLITTEN
ENERGY CHAIN COMPLETE ROBOT CARRIAGE
CHAINE D'ENERGIE COMPLET CHARIOT DU ROBOT
6 CM+9514665000 ROBOTER, EINGABE
ROBOT, INPUT
UNITE DE SEPARATION AUTOMATIQUE, ENTREE
7 CM+9514665101 MOTOR 1 KOMPLETT - (M403)
MOTOR 1 COMPLETE - (M403)
MOTEUR 1 COMPLET - (M403)
8 CM+9514665190 ZAHNRIEMENRAD
TOOTHED BELT WHEEL
POULIE A COURROIE CRANTEE
9 CM+9514665850 SCHLAUCHGRUPPE KOMPL.
HOSE GROUP COMPLETE
ENSEMBLE CONVERTIBLES COMPLET
10 CM+9514665960 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
11 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS428, GS434)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS428, GS434)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS428, GS434)
12 CM+9988905080 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

FOIL TRANSPORT, INPUT - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 59


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

05 (GS424)
D372 05
D2514
D579
10 (GS426)

04
09
02
06

01
07

06

08 03 02
11
(M402)
D372
D2514
D579
08

12

12

5148_chap05_28.CDR

FOIL TRANSPORT, INPUT - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 60


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9038960970 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
2 CM+9038961370 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
3 CM+9038961860 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
4 CM+9514565502 SAUGERGRUPPE (SERVICE)
SUCTION CUP ASSEMBLY (SERVICE)
ENSEMBLE VENTOUSES (SERVICE)
5 CM+9514647521 KABELBAUM FL 8POL
FLAT CABLE HARNESS 8POLE
FAISCEAU DE CABLE PLAT 8POLE
6 CM+9514661211 RIEMENSPANNER
BELT TENSIONER
TENDEUR DE COURROIE
7 CM+9514661400 SCHLAUCHGRUPPE F. 4KT-WELLE
HOSE GROUP FOR SQUARE SHAFT
ENSEMBLE CONVERTIBLES POUR ARBRE A 4 PANS
8 CM+9514661600 SCHLAUCHGRUPPE, SAUGERHEBEL
HOSE ASSEMBLY, SUCTION CUP LEVER
ENSEMBLE CONVERTIBLES LEVIER VENTOUSE
9 CM+9514665152 LICHTSCHRANKE KOMPLETT
LIGHT BARRIER, COMPLETE
PHOTO CELLULE, COMPLET
10 CM+9514665200 SEPARIEREINHEIT, EINGABE
SEPARATING UNIT, INPUT
UNITE DE SEPARATION, ENTREE
11 CM+9514665350 MOTOR 2 KOMPLETT - (M402)
MOTOR 2 COMPLETE - (M402)
MOTEUR 2 COMPLET - (M402)
12 CM+9514665802 LAGERBOCK
BEARING BRACKET
SUPPORT

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

FOIL TRANSPORT, INPUT - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 61


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02
(GS610)
04
01
(GS620)

03
(GS622)

CR85-X
Type 5148/100
CR75.0
Type 5146/105 (as of SN 6000) 5148_chap05_29.cdr

SCAN MODULE - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 62


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514827002 OPTIKBAUGRUPPE - (GS620)
LENS ASSEMBLY - (GS620)
ENSEMBLE OPTIQUE - (GS620)
2 CM+9949981300 GS IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS610)
PCB IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS610)
CI IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS610)
3 CM+9514822806 LISA BG KOMPLETT - (GS622)
ACRYLIC LIGHT GUIDE ASSEMBLY - (GS622)
ASSEMBLAGE CONDUIT DE LUMIÈRE - (GS622)
4 CM+9047913370 LEITERPLATTENHALTER
PCB HOLDER
CARTE FIXATION

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 63


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02
(GS622)

(GS620)
03
04
(GS610)

01

CR75.0
Type 5146/101 (up to SN < 6000) 5148_chap05_30.CDR

SCAN MODULE - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 64


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9047913370 LEITERPLATTENHALTER
PCB HOLDER
CARTE FIXATION
2 CM+9514622550 PMT-MODUL - ANTI-REFLEX - (GS622)
PMT MODULE - ANTI-REFLEX - (GS622)
MODULE PMT - ANTI-REFLEX - (GS622)
2 CM+9514622504 PMT-MODUL - (GS622)
PMT MODULE - (GS622)
MODULE PMT - (GS622)
3 CM+9514627008 OPTIKBAUGRUPPE - (GS620)
LENS ASSEMBLY - (GS620)
ENSEMBLE OPTIQUE - (GS620)
4 CM+9949981300 GS IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS610)
PCB IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS610)
CI IOB-SIN-5STEP - (GS610)

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 65


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

03

06
02

05

D3252 D2763

01

04 D2513
D2851 D2763

01
D369

D3252
CR85-X 04 D2851
Type 5148/100 D2851
CR75.0 D3252
Type 5146/105 (as of SN 6000) 04 5148_chap05_31.CDR

SCAN MODULE - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 66


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033175370 RIEGELVERSCHLUSS
LOCKING BAR LOCK
VERROU
2 CM+9514624451 BOWDENZUG KOMPL.
BOWDEN CABLE TRACTION COMPLETE
CABLE SOUS-GAINE COMPLET
3 CM+9514822202 SLOWSCAN 17:1 VOLLSTÄNDIG
SLOWSCAN 17:1 COMPLETE
SLOWSCAN 17:1 COMPLET
4 CM+9514623770 SCHEIBE
WASHER
RONDELLE
5 CM+9514824251 BÜRSTENHALTEBLECH KOMPLETT
BRUSH STRIP COMPLETE
BAGUETTE A BROSSES COMPLET
6 CM+9949946400 GS IR-EMPFAENGER
IR RECEIVER
RECEPTEUR IR

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 67


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

03

02

D3252 D2763

05

04 D2513
D2851 D2763

05
D369

D3252

04 D2851
D2851
D3252
04
CR75.0
Type 5146/101 (up to SN < 6000)

5148_chap05_32.CDR

SCAN MODULE - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 68


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033175370 RIEGELVERSCHLUSS
LOCKING BAR LOCK
VERROU
2 CM+9514624451 BOWDENZUG KOMPL.
BOWDEN CABLE TRACTION COMPLETE
CABLE SOUS-GAINE COMPLET
3 CM+9514622207 SLOWSCAN VOLLSTÄNDIG
SLOWSCAN COMPLETE
SLOWSCAN COMPLET
4 CM+9514623770 SCHEIBE
WASHER
RONDELLE
5 CM+9514690200 ABLAGEBLECH OHNE LICHTSCHRANKEN
TRAY WITHOUT LIGHT BARRIERS
RECEPTACLE SANS PHOTOCELLULES

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 2

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 69


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

D5681
03 D2778

04
02
D444
D2765 01
(M702)

06
(GS612)

05
CR85-X (M612)
Type 5148/100
CR75.0
Type 5146/105 (as of SN 6000)

SCAN MODULE - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 70


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514625100 SCHRITTMOTOR - (M702)
STEPPER MOTOR - (M702)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS - (M702)
2 CM+9514525900 KUPPLUNG VOLLSTÄNDIG
CLUTCH COMPLETE
ACCOUPLEMENT COMPLET
3 CM+9514820851 AUSRICHTUNG POSTSCAN
POSTSCAN ALIGNMENT
ALIGNEMENT POSTSCAN
4 CM+9988906000 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
5 CM+9514545240 SCHRITTMOTOR VERD. - (M612)
STEPPER MOTOR WIRED - (M612)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS CABLE - (M612)
6 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1
LIGHT BARRIER 1
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 71


11-2008 TYPE 5146/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

03

07

06 D5681
D2778
(GS612)
09

02
D444
D2765
05 08
(M612) (M702)
01

D2443
03

D3008

04

CR75.0 D579
D2514
Type 5146/101 (up to SN < 6000) D542

SCAN MODULE - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 72


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9038961040 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
2 CM+9514525900 KUPPLUNG VOLLSTÄNDIG
CLUTCH COMPLETE
ACCOUPLEMENT COMPLET
3 CM+9514526502 ANDRUCKWELLE MONT.
PRESSURE SHAFT ASSEMBLED
ARBRE DE PRESSION
4 CM+9514526874 MITNEHMER
DRIVER
GOUPILLE D'ENTRAINEMENT
5 CM+9514545240 SCHRITTMOTOR VERD. - (M612)
STEPPER MOTOR WIRED - (M612)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS CABLE - (M612)
6 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS612)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS612)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS612)
7 CM+9514620850 AUSRICHTUNG POSTSCAN
POSTSCAN ALIGNMENT
ALIGNEMENT POSTSCAN
8 CM+9514625100 SCHRITTMOTOR - (M702)
STEPPER MOTOR - (M702)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS - (M702)
9 CM+9988906000 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 73


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02

05

02

04
(GS616)

06

01

03
(M622)

5148_chap05_35.CDR

SCAN MODULE - PART 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 74


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9038961040 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
2 CM+9514526874 MITNEHMER
DRIVER
GOUPILLE D'ENTRAINEMENT
3 CM+9514545240 SCHRITTMOTOR VERD. - (M622)
STEPPER MOTOR WIRED - (M622)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS CABLE - (M622)
4 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS616)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS616)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS616)
5 CM+9514620801 AUSRICHTUNG PRESCAN
PRESCAN ALIGNMENT
ALIGNEMENT PRESCAN
6 CM+9988906000 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 4

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 75


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

04
(M621)

05

03
(GS618)

06 09

06

07
(GS626)
(GS628)

D6522

D2514

D2853

02

03 01
(GS614)
08
5148_chap05_36.CDR

SCAN MODULE - PART 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 76


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9033500820 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
2 CM+9514524113 SCHENKELFEDER
LEG SPRING
RESSORT A BRANCHES
3 CM+9514590200 LICHTSCHRANKE 2 - (GS614, GS618)
LIGHT BARRIER 2 - (GS614, GS618)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 2 - (GS614, GS618)
4 CM+9514626603 ABHEBEMOTOR KOMPLETT - (M621)
LIFT MOTOR COMPLETE - (M621)
MOTEUR DE LEVAGE COMPLET - (M621)
5 CM+9514626701 ANTIEBSWELLE KOMPLETT
DRIVE SHAFT COMPLETE
ARBRE D'ENTRAINEMENT COMPLET
6 CM+9514645921 KABELBAUM FL
FLAT CABLE HARNESS
FAISCEAU DE CABLE PLAT
7 CM+9514690300 LICHTSCHRANKENSATZ - (GS626, GS628)
LIGHT BARRIER SET - (GS626, GS628)
JEU PHOTO CELLULE - (GS626, GS628)
8 CM+9988906300 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL
9 CM+9988921550 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

SCAN MODULE - PART 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 77


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

06

06

D2873
D2514
D579 05
(GS202)

04

02
(GS206)

D706

D4338

07

01
(M212)
03

5148_chap05_37.CDR

ROTATION DRIVE

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 78


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9514575501 SCHRITTMOTOR VOLLSTÄNDIG - (M212)
STEPPER MOTOR COMPLETE - (M212)
MOTEUR PAS A PAS COMPLET - (M212)
2 CM+9514590100 LICHTSCHRANKE 1 - (GS206)
LIGHT BARRIER 1 - (GS206)
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE 1 - (GS206)
3 CM+9514619251 LICHTSCHRANKE VOLLSTÄNDIG
LIGHR BARRIER ASSY
BARRIERE LUMINEUSE COMPL.
4 CM+9514665960 ABSTANDSHALTER
SPACER
ECARTEUR
5 CM+9949981406 GS IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS202)
PCB IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS202)
CI IOB-SIN-STEP - (GS202)
6 CM+9953811030 ZAHNRIEMEN
TOOTHED BELT
COURROIE CRANTEE
7 CM+9988905220 KABEL FL 4POL
FLAT CABLE 4POL
CABLE PLAT 4POL

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

ROTATION DRIVE

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 79


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

02

03

04

5148_chap05_38.cdr

MODIFICATION KITS / ACCESSORIES

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 80


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9515510152 CU-FILTER VERPACKT
CU FILTER PACKED
FILTER CU EMBALLE
2 CM+9514810900 ALU FILTER VERPACKT
ALUMINIUN FILTER PACKED
ALUMINIUN FILTER PACKED
3 CM+9514610550 TESTBILD CD AGFA V1.0
TEST PATERN CD AGFA V1.0
CD TEST IMAGE AGFA V1.0
4 CM+9832010000 ADC TESTSHEET KASSETTE
ADC TESTSHEET CASSETTE
ADC TESTSHEET CASSETTE
99 CM+9514690400 MODIFICATION KIT C-CLIPS
MODIFICATION KIT C-CLIPS
KIT DE MODIFICATION C-CLIPS
99 CM+9999910070 VDO HAND-DRUCKMESSGERÄT
VDO HAND MANOMETER
VDO MANOMÈTRE
99 CM+9514693000 * VERPACKUNG FÜR ADC COMPACT PLUS
PACKING FOR ADC COMPACT PLUS
EMBALLAGE POUR ADC COMPACT PLUS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

MODIFICATION KITS / ACCESSORIES

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 81


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01*

02

03*

12 04*

11 10

13
15 05
14

16

07
08
09

10 09
06 08
07

5148_chap05_50.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 35X35

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 82


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9999911460 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 35X35
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 35X35
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 35X35
2 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
3 CM+9830461600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
4 CM+9830460300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
5 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
6 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
7 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
8 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
9 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
10 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
11 CM+9830430110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
13 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
14 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
15 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
16 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 35X35

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 83


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01*

02

03*

12 04*

11 10

13
15 05
14

16

07
08
09

10 09
06 08
07

5148_chap05_50.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 10"X12"

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 84


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9999911470 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 10X12"
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 10X12"
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 10X12"
2 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
3 CM+9830861600 * DECKEL GESCHWEISST
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
4 CM+9830860300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
5 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
6 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
7 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
8 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
9 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
10 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
11 CM+9830830110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
13 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
14 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
15 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
16 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 10"X12"

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 85


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01*

02

03*

12 04*

11 10

13
15 05
14

16

07
08
09

10 09
06 08
07

5148_chap05_50.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 8"X10"

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 86


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9999911480 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 8X10"
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 8X10"
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 8X10"
2 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
3 CM+9830961600 * DECKEL GESCHWEISST
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
4 CM+9830960300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
5 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
6 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
7 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
8 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
9 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
10 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
11 CM+9830930110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
12 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
13 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
14 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
15 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
16 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 8"X10"

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 87


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

02*

11 03*

10 09

12

14 04
13

15

06
07
08

09 08
05 07
06

5148_chap05_53.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 15X30

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 88


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9831661302 CHIPKARTENHALTER ADC-C 15X30
CHIP CARD HOLDER
PORTE CARTE PUCE ADC-C
2 CM+9831661600 * DECKEL GESCHWEISST
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
3 CM+9831660300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM COMPLETE
FOND COMPLET
4 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
5 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
6 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
7 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
8 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
9 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
10 CM+9830530110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
11 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
12 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
13 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
14 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
15 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 15X30

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 89


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02*
03* 01*

04

05*

14
06*
13 12

15
17 07
16
18

09
10
11

12 11
08 10
09

5146_chap05_54.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 43X35

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 90


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 10+9999911960 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET SR 35X43
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET SR 35X43
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET SR 35X43
2 10+9999911930 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE SR 35X43
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE SR 35X43
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE SR 35X43
3 CM+9999911450 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 35X43
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 35X43
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 35X43
4 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
5 CM+9832061600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
6 CM+9832060300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
7 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
8 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
9 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
10 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
11 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
12 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
13 CM+9830430110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
14 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
15 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
16 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
17 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
18 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 43X35

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 91


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

02*

11 03*

10 09

12

14 04
13

15

06
07
08

09 08
05 07
06

5148_chap05_53.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 21X43

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 92


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
2 CM+9832061600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
3 CM+9832080300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
4 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
5 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
6 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
7 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
8 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
9 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
10 CM+9830430110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
11 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
12 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
13 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
14 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
15 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 21X43

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 93


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02*
03* 01*

04

05*

14
06*
13 12

15
17 07
16
18

09
10
11

12 11
08 10
09

5146_chap05_54.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 24X30

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 94


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 10+9999910790 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET HR 24X30
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET HR 24X30
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET HR 24X30
2 10+9999911940 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE 24X30
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE 24X30
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE 24X30
3 CM+9999911520 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 24X30
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 24X30
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 24X30
4 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
5 CM+9830561600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
6 CM+9830560300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
7 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
8 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
9 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
10 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
11 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
12 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
13 CM+9830530110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
14 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
15 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
16 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
17 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
18 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 24X30

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 95


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

02*
03* 01*

04

05*

14
06*
13 12

15
17 07
16
18

09
10
11

12 11
08 10
09

5146_chap05_54.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 18X24

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 96


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 10+9999911980 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET HR 18X24
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET HR 18X24
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL SET HR 18X24
2 10+9999911950 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE 18X24
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE 18X24
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL CASSETTE 18X24
3 CM+9999911530 * CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 18X24
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 18X24
CR MD 4.0 GENERAL PLATE 18X24
4 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
5 CM+9830761600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
6 CM+9830760300 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
7 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
8 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
9 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
10 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
11 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
12 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
13 CM+9830630110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
14 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
15 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
16 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
17 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
18 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 18X24

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 97


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

03*
02* 01* 04

05*

12
06

13 07

14

09
10
11
06
11
08 10
09
5148_chap05_042.CDR

CASSETTE CR MM3.0 MAMMO 18X24

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 98


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 10+9999912130 * CR MM 3.0 MAMMO SET 18X24
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO SET 18X24
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO SET 18X24
2 10+9999912150 * CR MM 3.0 MAMMO PLATE 18X24
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO PLATE 18X24
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO PLATE 18X24
3 CM+9833010000 CR MAMMO CASSETTE 18X24
CR MAMMO CASSETTE 18X24
CR MAMMO CASSETTE 18X24
4 CM+9833061302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
5 CM+9833061402 * DECKEL VOLLSTÄNDIG
COVER COMPLETE
COUVERCLE COMPLET
6 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
7 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
8 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
9 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
10 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
11 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
12 CM+9833010112 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
13 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
14 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MM3.0 MAMMO 18X24

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 99


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

03*
02* 01* 04

05*

12
06

13 07

14

09
10
11
06
11
08 10
09
5148_chap05_042.CDR

CASSETTE CR MM3.0 MAMMO 24X30

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 100


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 10+9999912140 * CR MM 3.0 MAMMO SET 24X30
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO SET 24X30
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO SET 24X30
2 10+9999912160 * CR MM 3.0 MAMMO PLATE 24X30
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO PLATE 24X30
CR MM 3.0 MAMMO PLATE 24X30
3 CM+9833110000 CR MAMMO CASSETTE 24X30
CR MAMMO CASSETTE 24X30
CR MAMMO CASSETTE 24X30
4 CM+9833061302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
5 CM+9833161402 * DECKEL VOLLSTÄNDIG
COVER COMPLETE
COUVERCLE COMPLET
6 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
7 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
8 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
9 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
10 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
11 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
12 CM+9833110113 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
13 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
14 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MM3.0 MAMMO 24X30

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 101


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

01

02*

11 03*

10 09

12

14 04
13

15

06
07
08

09 08
05 07
06

5148_chap05_53.CDR

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 21X43 AS. (35X43)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 102


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Benennung
Item no. Part No. Description
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref. Denomination
1 CM+9830461302 CHIPKARTENHALTER, KOMPL.
CHIP CARD HOLDER, COMPLETE
PORTE CARTE PUCE, COMPLET
2 CM+9832061600 * DECKEL GESCHW.
COVER WELDED
COUVERCLE SOUDE
3 CM+9832080500 * BODEN VOLLSTÄNDIG
BOTTOM ASSY
FOND COMPL.
4 CM+9830030702 RIEGEL RECHTS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH RHS COMPLETE
VERROU A DROITE COMPLET
5 CM+9830030802 RIEGEL LINKS VOLLSTÄNDIG
LATCH LHS COMPLETE
VERROU A GAUCHE COMPLET
6 CM+9832520360 ZUGFEDER
TENSION SPRING
RESSORT DE TRACTION
7 CM+9830010340 UMLENKTEIL
GUIDE PART
PARITE DE RENVOI
8 CM+9830010351 KLINKE
PAWL
CLIQUET
9 CM+9830010032 REITER
SLIDE
CAVALIER
10 CM+9830430110 SCHARNIER
HINGE
CHARNIERE
11 CM+9830010552 ABWEISER BESCHICHTET
DEFLECTOR
DEFLECTEUR
12 CM+9830010381 BLATTFEDER RECHTS
LEAF SPRING RHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A DROITE
13 CM+9830010391 BLATTFEDER LINKS
LEAF SPRING LHS
RESSORT A BRANCHES A GAUCHE
14 CM+9830011310 ALULABEL (FILMERKENNUNG)
ALU LABLE (FILM DETECTION)
ETIQUETTE ALU (DETECTION DE FILM)
15 CM+9830010440 SCHRAUBE
SCREW
VIS

=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.

CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 21X43 AS. (35X43)

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 103


11-2008 TYPE 5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

Spare Parts Kit Categories

R 'Repair' Parts required to repair a machine


Kit `R` should be part of the field service engineers` car stock.
Quantity covers requirements for ca. 10 machines.

Adapt quantity locally depending on:

• number of machines
• extension of the service area
• local service structure (centralized / decentralized)
• stockpiling

I 'Installation' Parts required to install a machine


Kit `I`should be available as case stock.
Includes all parts to perform the installation (does not comprise parts
included in the shipment).
Quantity covers one single machine installation.

M 'Maintenance' Parts required to maintain a machine


Kit `M` should be available as case stock.
Includes all parts required to perform a maintenance according to the
maintenance checklist.
Quantity covers one single maintenance.

L 'Local stock' Extremely expensive or bulky parts


Kit `L` should be part of the local central warehouse.
Determine quantity depending on costs and on the installed base.

Spare Parts Kit Order numbers

Order number Spare Part Kit version


CM+051460101731 CR 75.0 / Centricity CR MP 3510 Sortiment R 4
CM+051460101734 CR 75.0 / Centricity CR MP 3510 Sortiment L 4
CM+051480100731 CR 85.0 Sortiment R 3
CM+051480100734 CR 85.0 Sortiment L 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 104


11-2008 Type
Type5146/0101/0105/5148/0100
5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS282.08M Spare Parts List

Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):

Device Name Type No. Specification


CR 75.0 5146/0105 AS SN 6000
CR85-X 5148/0100 ALL SERIAL NUMBERS
CR 75.0 DIGITIZER 5146/0101 UP TO SN < 6000

Accessory Overview
Following accesssories are separately available:

Accessory Order number


PROSAT WIPERS ETRTM

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 2, Revision 1 CR 75.0 / CR 85-X Chapter 5 / 105


11-2008 Type
Type5146/0101/0105/5148/0100
5146/101/105, 5148/100 Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS002.04E Accessories

List of Contents

Edition Revision Order Number Contents


4 0 DD+DIS025.05E Technical documentation for the
CR User Station
n.a. n.a. DD+DIS180.05M Spare parts list of the
CR User Station

Document Node ID: 15533345


DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 15 CR 75.0, CR MP3510 Chapter 6
2007-03 Types 5146 / 100, 101, 200, 201 Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE Technical
Global Services Organisation Documentation
Order-No.: DD+DIS025.05E

CR User Station
*1YNCFV1*
1 Piece YNCFV MA1
Type 5157 / 100

4th Edition

This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS025.05E

This document contains the technical documentation for the CR User Station.
It describes the installation, function and troubleshooting of the CR User Station as well as the technical data.
The CR User Station is an accessory of the CR 25.0 and the CR 75.0 digitizers.
This document is part of the service documentation for the CR 25.0 (DD+DIS071.04E)
and for the CR 75.0 (DD+DIS002.04E).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

printed in Germany 2006-03-27


Agfa Company Confidential
CAUTION:

This system uses mains voltage.

Please consider the respective safety regulations.


The adjustments and routines described in this document must only be performed by qualified
technical personnel.

NOTE:

Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.


Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.

CE Declaration:

According to the medical guidelines the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the
product is changed without explicit consent of the manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not
only to safety elements.

We reserve the right to technical changes


DD+DIS025.05E CR User Station

List of Contents

1 Introduction ..................................................................................1

2 Safety Instructions .......................................................................3


2.1 General Safety Instructions ........................................................................... 3
2.2 Safety Precautions for the Monitor ............................................................... 4
2.3 Safety Instructions for Cleaning the CR User Station ................................. 4
2.4 Relevant Warning Label ................................................................................. 5
2.5 Safety Compliance.......................................................................................... 6
2.5.1 CR User Station ................................................................................................ 6
2.5.2 ID Tablet ........................................................................................................... 6
3 Installation Instructions...............................................................7
3.1 Mounting to the Base Plate............................................................................ 7
3.2 Removing the ID Tablet from the CR User Station ...................................... 8
3.3 Installing Hub and Uninteruptible Power Supply (UPS) .............................. 8
3.4 Installing Monitor, Keyboard and Mouse...................................................... 9
3.5 Re-Installing the ID Tablet............................................................................ 11
3.6 Selecting Power settings ............................................................................. 12
3.7 Connections and Grids ................................................................................ 14
3.8 Docking the CRUS to a CR 25.0 Digitizer ................................................... 15
3.9 Exchanging the Monitor Rack ..................................................................... 17
3.10 Adjusting the Monitor................................................................................... 21

4 Functional Description ..............................................................22


4.1 Components of the CR User Station ........................................................... 22
4.2 Standard Workflow with the CR User Station ............................................ 23
4.3 Direct ID Workflow with the CR User Station ............................................. 24

5 Troubleshooting .........................................................................24

6 Spare Parts List ..........................................................................25

7 Maintenance................................................................................25

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
2006-03-27 CR User Station Page I
Type 5157 / 100 Agfa Company Confidential
CR User Station DD+DIS025.05E

8 Installation Planning.................................................................. 26
8.1 Continuous Operation...................................................................................26
8.2 Dimensions ....................................................................................................26
8.2.1 CR User Station as stand-alone Device ..........................................................26
8.2.2 CR User Station with CR 25.0 .........................................................................27
8.2.3 CR User Station with CR 75.0 .........................................................................28
8.3 Technical Data ...............................................................................................29
8.4 Connections...................................................................................................30
8.4.1 Mains Fuse Protection.....................................................................................30
8.4.2 Operating Voltage ...........................................................................................30
8.4.3 ID Tablet..........................................................................................................31
8.4.4 Connection Cables ..........................................................................................31

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Page II CR User Station 2006-03-27
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5157 / 100
DD+DIS025.05E CR User Station

1 Introduction
The CR User Station (CRUS) is a new operating console that facilitates the
work of the radiographer. It is suitable for all CR environments: centralized,
decentralized or personal CR solutions.

It has been designed for the use with the digitizers CR 25.0 and CR 75.0.
Its modular ergonomic design offers space for:
• a PC which handles, processes and dispatches images,
• an LCD monitor,
• mouse and keyboard,
• a network switch or hub,
• an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS), and
• cassette storage.

The CRUS can be installed as a stand-alone configuration, working together


with a CR 25.0 or CR 75.0 digitizer.

figure 1

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
2006-03-27 CR User Station Page 1
Type 5157 / 100 Agfa Company Confidential
CR User Station DD+DIS025.05E

For an optimal workflow the CRUS can also be docked directly to the CR 25.0.
The CRUS can not be docked directly to the CR 75.0.

figure 2

This documentation includes the safety instructions, the instructions for the
mechanical installation, and technical data of the CRUS.

As the CRUS is maintenance-free, there are no maintenance instructions or


checklists available.

NOTE:
For all information concerning the digitizers the CRUS can be attached to,
please refer to the relevant service documentation:
CR 25.0: Order number DD+DIS071.04E or
in MedNet: GSO Library / Computed Radiography /
CR Digitizers / CR 25.0
CR 75.0: Order number DD+DIS002.04E or
in MedNet: GSO Library / Computed Radiography /
CR Digitizers / CR 75.0

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Page 2 CR User Station 2006-03-27
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5157 / 100
DD+DIS025.05E CR User Station

2 Safety Instructions

2.1 General Safety Instructions

• The CRUS complies with the EN 60950 standard for


Information Technology. This means that, although it is absolutely safe,
patients may not come in direct contact with the equipment. Therefore,
the operator console must be placed outside a radius of 1.5 m around
the patient.
• Perform no other operations on the CRUS than those described in this
document.
• Pay attention when working near the pedestal: the foot projects slightly
and could be tripped on. When rolling the pedestal away from its
position, take care not to pull or put any strain on power or network
leads.
• When moving the CRUS, take care that it remains stable at all times. In
particular, the following considerations should be kept in mind:
- the nature of the floor and any floor-coverings, carpets, etc.;
- any obstructions such as cables;
- any slopes to be negotiated.
• To avoid collisions and instability the monitor must be turned over the
ID Tablet when moving longer distances, as shown below:

figure 3

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
2006-03-27 CR User Station Page 3
Type 5157 / 100 Agfa Company Confidential
CR User Station DD+DIS025.05E

• Make sure that the two safety caps are mounted on top of the right side
rollers in case of stand-alone CRUS (this means that the CRUS is not
connected to a CR 25.0 Digitizer), as shown below:

figure 4

2.2 Safety Precautions for the Monitor

• The monitor must be fixed on the monitor arm with screws.


• If the monitor arm is re-positioned in a different height, the lock must be
closed.

2.3 Safety Instructions for Cleaning the CR User Station

• Pull the power plug out of the CRUS prior to cleaning the
equipment and switch off the UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) if
installed.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Page 4 CR User Station 2006-03-27
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5157 / 100
DD+DIS025.05E CR User Station

2.4 Relevant Warning Label

Pay attention to the warning label at the rear side of the CRUS:
Check power selection before connecting to mains

figure 5

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
2006-03-27 CR User Station Page 5
Type 5157 / 100 Agfa Company Confidential
CR User Station DD+DIS025.05E

2.5 Safety Compliance

2.5.1 CR User Station

• the general safety regulations EN 60950, EN 60601-1-2, and UL 60950,


• CSA C22.2 No. 60950,
• the radio interference regulations EN 55022:1997, Class B and FCC 47,
Part 15, Subchapter B, Class A.
The safety compliance is only guaranteed by using equipment supplied by
Agfa (refer to ‘Technical specifications’ on page 21 of the User Manual 2313).
Using other equipment will void the safety compliance.

In combination with a digitizer the isolating transformer assures that the


digitizer still complies with EN 60601-1-1 medical, electrical systems.

The CR User Station bears the CE mark and fully complies with the
CE Directive 89/336/EEC and with the federal code of the United States,
bearing on:
• Emission and immunity according to EN 60601-1-2, for emissions the
equipment complies with EN 55011 class A (CISPR 11).
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may
cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take
adequate measures.
• Emissions according to 47 CFR part 15 subpart B, Class A.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is
likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense.
• Radio-parameters of the ID Tablet according to ETS 300330.

2.5.2 ID Tablet

• UL 60950, Third Edition,


• CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 60950, Third Edition (cUL),
• EN 60950 1:2001
• TÜV certified.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Page 6 CR User Station 2006-03-27
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5157 / 100
DD+DIS025.05E CR User Station

3 Installation Instructions

3.1 Mounting to the Base Plate

NOTE:
The actions described in this section apply only, if the CRUS is installed as
stand-alone device.
Skip this section if you want to dock it to a CR 25.0 digitizer.

(1) Put base plate on the ground at


the final position of the CRUS.

(2) Move the unequipped CRUS


onto it.

figure 6

(3) Screw four Phillips screws


slightly to the thread nuts of the
base plate.
Attend that the base plate does
not bend up by tightening the
screws.

figure 7

(4) Mount safety caps on top of the


right side rollers.

figure 8

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
2006-03-27 CR User Station Page 7
Type 5157 / 100 Agfa Company Confidential
CR User Station DD+DIS025.05E

3.2 Removing the ID Tablet from the CR User Station

(1) Loosen the Phillips screw


(see circle).

(2) Pull the ID Tablet to the front


and lift it off carefully
(see arrow).

(3) Unplug the power supply and


the connection to the control
PC.

figure 9

3.3 Installing Hub and Uninteruptible Power Supply (UPS)

(1) Unscrew the two grids at the


rear side of the CRUS.

A
(2) Insert the hub (A) from above
between the brackets at the
rear wall. B
C
C
(3) Pass the mains cable of the
hub through the cut of the front
bracket (B), plug it in the hub
and fix the bracket with figure 10
two screws (5.5 mm, C).

(4) Insert the UPS

(5) Plug in the power cable of the


UPS to the isolating
transformer.

(6) Connect the power cables of


control PC, ID tablet and
monitor to the UPS.

(7) Push the feet of the UPS in the


four borings at the bottom figure 11
(arrows; the fourth boring is
hidden by the UPS).

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Page 8 CR User Station 2006-03-27
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5157 / 100
DD+DIS025.05E CR User Station

(8) Apply foam to the bracket


(figure 12) and fix it with
four screws to the furniture
(figure 13).

figure 12

figure 13

Result Hub and UPS are installed in the CRUS.

3.4 Installing Monitor, Keyboard and Mouse

(1) Insert the monitor arm (A) in the


socket (B) and fix it with the
Allen screw (C, 5 mm) at the
desired height.

figure 14

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
2006-03-27 CR User Station Page 9
Type 5157 / 100 Agfa Company Confidential
CR User Station DD+DIS025.05E

NOTE:
By default, a rack for the Barco monitor is installed.
If you have a Barco monitor, go directly to step (2).
If you have another monitor, exchange the rack before proceeding with
step (2). The exchange of the rack for the NEC monitor is described in
section 3.9.

(2) Unpack the monitor and fix it to


the monitor rack with screws
(see arrows).

NOTE:
figure 15 is an example.
Installations of other monitors, e.g.
with adapter plates, may look
different.
figure 15

(3) Adjust the monitor according to


section 3.10.

(4) Put keyboard and mouse into


their predefined position.

figure 16

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Page 10 CR User Station 2006-03-27
Agfa Company Confidential Type 5157 / 100
DD+DIS025.05E CR User Station

(5) Unscrew the cable duct at the


monitor arm
(two Phillips screws).

(6) Pass the cable in the duct and


close it.

(7) Place the monitor adapter


beside the UPS and connect it
to the monitor and the power
supply.

(8) Install other cables as usual


with PC installations. Pass the figure 17
cables accurately in the
provided cable ducts.

Result Monitor, Keyboard and Mouse are installed in the CRUS.

3.5 Re-Installing the ID Tablet

(1) Reconnect the ID tablet:


Connect the power supply (B)
and the connection to the B
control PC. A

NOTE:
With workstation software
ADC QS 2.1 use the
serial RS232 connection (A).

With CR QS 3.0 or higher use the B


USB connection (C). C

(2) Put the ID tablet back to its


place and fix the Phillips screw
(see figure 9, circle).

figure 18

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:


The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
2006-03-27 CR User Station Page 11
Type 5157 / 100 Agfa Company Confidential
CR User Station